title.gif (7562 bytes)

Chapter 1 -There Are Heroisms All Round
Us
Chapter 2 -Try Your Luck With Professor
Challenger
Chapter 3 -He Is A Perfectly Impossible
Person
Chapter 4 -It's Just The Very Biggest Thing
In The World
Chapter 5 -Question!
Chapter 6 -I Was The Flail Of The Lord
Chapter 7 -To-Morrow We Disappear Into
The Unknown
Chapter 8 -The Outlying Pickets Of The
New World
Chapter 9 -Who Could Have Foreseen It?
Chapter 10 -The Most Wonderful Things
Have Happened
Chapter 11 -For Once I Was The Hero
Chapter 12 -It Was Dreadful In The Forest
Chapter 13 -A Sight Which I Shall Never
Forget
Chapter 14 -Those Were The Real
Conquests
Chapter 15 -Our Eyes Have Seen Great
Wonders
Chapter 16 -A Procession! A Procession!


Chapter 1 There Are Heroisms All Round Us

Mr. Hungerton, her father, really was the
most tactless person upon earth,--a fluffy,
feathery, untidy cockatoo of a man,
perfectly good-natured, but absolutely
centered upon his own silly self. If anything
could have driven me from Gladys, it would

have been the thought of such a father-in-
law. I am convinced that he really believed in
his heart that I came round to the Chestnuts
three days a week for the pleasure of his
company, and very especially to hear his
views upon bimetallism, a subject upon
which he was by way of being an authority.

For an hour or more that evening I listened to
his monotonous chirrup about bad money
driving out good, the token value of silver,
the depreciation of the rupee, and the true
standards of exchange.

"Suppose," he cried with feeble violence,
"that all the debts in the world were called up
simultaneously, and immediate payment
insisted upon,--what under our present
conditions would happen then?"

I gave the self-evident answer that I should
be a ruined man, upon which he jumped
from his chair, reproved me for my habitual
levity, which made it impossible for him to
discuss any reasonable subject in my
presence, and bounced off out of the room
to dress for a Masonic meeting.

At last I was alone with Gladys, and the
moment of Fate had come! All that evening I
had felt like the soldier who awaits the
signal which will send him on a forlorn hope;
hope of victory and fear of repulse
alternating in his mind.

-1-

She sat with that proud, delicate profile of
hers outlined against the red curtain. How
beautiful she was! And yet how aloof! We
had been friends, quite good friends; but
never could I get beyond the same
comradeship which I might have
established with one of my fellow-reporters
upon the Gazette,--perfectly frank,
perfectly kindly, and perfectly unsexual. My
instincts are all against a woman being too
frank and at her ease with me. It is no
compliment to a man. Where the real sex
feeling begins, timidity and distrust are its
companions, heritage from old wicked
days when love and violence went often
hand in hand. The bent head, the averted
eye, the faltering voice, the wincing figure
these, and not the unshrinking gaze and
frank reply, are the true signals of passion.
Even in my short life I had learned as much
as that--or had inherited it in that race
memory which we call instinct.

Gladys was full of every womanly quality.
Some judged her to be cold and hard; but
such a thought was treason. That delicately
bronzed skin, almost oriental in its coloring,
that raven hair, the large liquid eyes, the full
but exquisite lips,--all the stigmata of
passion were there. But I was sadly
conscious that up to now I had never found
the secret of drawing it forth. However,
come what might, I should have done with
suspense and bring matters to a head to-
night. She could but refuse me, and better
be a repulsed lover than an accepted
brother.

So far my thoughts had carried me, and I
was about to break the long and uneasy
silence, when two critical, dark eyes looked
round at me, and the proud head was
shaken in smiling reproof. "I have a
presentiment that you are going to propose,
Ned. I do wish you wouldn't; for things are
so much nicer as they are."

I drew my chair a little nearer. "Now, how did
you know that I was going to propose?" I
asked in genuine wonder.

"Don't women always know? Do you
suppose any woman in the world was ever
taken unawares? But--oh, Ned, our
friendship has been so good and so
pleasant! What a pity to spoil it! Don't you
feel how splendid it is that a young man and
a young woman should be able to talk face
to face as we have talked?"

"I don't know, Gladys. You see, I can talk
face to face with with the station-master." I
can't imagine how that official came into the
matter; but in he trotted, and set us both
laughing. "That does not satisfy me in the
least. I want my arms round you, and your
head on my breast, and--oh, Gladys, I
want----"

She had sprung from her chair, as she saw
signs that I proposed to demonstrate some
of my wants. "You've spoiled everything,
Ned," she said. "It's all so beautiful and
natural until this kind of thing comes in! It is
such a pity! Why can't you control yourself?"

"I didn't invent it," I pleaded. "It's nature. It's
love."

"Well, perhaps if both love, it may be
different. I have never felt it."

"But you must--you, with your beauty, with
your soul! Oh, Gladys, you were made for
love! You must love!"

"One must wait till it comes."

"But why can't you love me, Gladys? Is it my
appearance, or what?"

She did unbend a little. She put forward a
hand--such a gracious, stooping attitude it

-2-

was--and she pressed back my head.
Then she looked into my upturned face with
a very wistful smile.

"No it isn't that," she said at last. "You're not
a conceited boy by nature, and so I can
safely tell you it is not that. It's deeper."

"My character?"

She nodded severely.

"What can I do to mend it? Do sit down and
talk it over. No, really, I won't if you'll only sit
down!"

She looked at me with a wondering distrust
which was much more to my mind than her
whole-hearted confidence. How primitive
and bestial it looks when you put it down in
black and white!--and perhaps after all it is
only a feeling peculiar to myself. Anyhow,
she sat down.

"Now tell me what's amiss with me?"

"I'm in love with somebody else," said she.

It was my turn to jump out of my chair.

"It's nobody in particular," she explained,
laughing at the expression of my face: "only
an ideal. I've never met the kind of man I
mean."

"Tell me about him. What does he look like?"

"Oh, he might look very much like you."

"How dear of you to say that! Well, what is it
that he does that I don't do? Just say the
word,--teetotal, vegetarian, aeronaut,
theosophist, superman. I'll have a try at it,
Gladys, if you will only give me an idea what
would please you."

She laughed at the elasticity of my
character. "Well, in the first place, I don't
think my ideal would speak like that," said
she. "He would be a harder, sterner man,
not so ready to adapt himself to a silly girl's
whim. But, above all, he must be a man who
could do, who could act, who could look
Death in the face and have no fear of him, a
man of great deeds and strange
experiences. It is never a man that I should
love, but always the glories he had won; for
they would be reflected upon me. Think of
Richard Burton! When I read his wife's life of
him I could so understand her love! And
Lady Stanley! Did you ever read the
wonderful last chapter of that book about
her husband? These are the sort of men that
a woman could worship with all her soul,
and yet be the greater, not the less, on
account of her love, honored by all the world
as the inspirer of noble deeds."

She looked so beautiful in her enthusiasm
that I nearly brought down the whole level of
the interview. I gripped myself hard, and
went on with the argument.

"We can't all be Stanleys and Burtons," said
I; "besides, we don't get the chance,--at
least, I never had the chance. If I did, I should
try to take it."

"But chances are all around you. It is the
mark of the kind of man I mean that he
makes his own chances. You can't hold him
back. I've never met him, and yet I seem to
know him so well. There are heroisms all
round us waiting to be done. It's for men to
do them, and for women to reserve their
love as a reward for such men. Look at that
young Frenchman who went up last week in
a balloon. It was blowing a gale of wind; but
because he was announced to go he
insisted on starting. The wind blew him
fifteen hundred miles in twenty-four hours,
and he fell in the middle of Russia. That was

-3-

the kind of man I mean. Think of the woman
he loved, and how other women must have
envied her! That's what I should like to be,--
envied for my man."

"I'd have done it to please you."

"But you shouldn't do it merely to please me.
You should do it because you can't help
yourself, because it's natural to you,
because the man in you is crying out for
heroic expression. Now, when you
described the Wigan coal explosion last
month, could you not have gone down and
helped those people, in spite of the choke-
damp?"

"I did."

"You never said so."

"There was nothing worth bucking about."

"I didn't know." She looked at me with rather
more interest. "That was brave of you."

"I had to. If you want to write good copy, you
must be where the things are."

"What a prosaic motive! It seems to take all
the romance out of it. But, still, whatever
your motive, I am glad that you went down
that mine." She gave me her hand; but with
such sweetness and dignity that I could only
stoop and kiss it. "I dare say I am merely a
foolish woman with a young girl's fancies.
And yet it is so real with me, so entirely part
of my very self, that I cannot help acting
upon it. If I marry, I do want to marry a
famous man!"

"Why should you not?" I cried. "It is women
like you who brace men up. Give me a
chance, and see if I will take it! Besides, as
you say, men ought to MAKE their own
chances, and not wait until they are given.

Look at Clive--just a clerk, and he
conquered India! By George! I'll do
something in the world yet!"

She laughed at my sudden Irish
effervescence. "Why not?" she said. "You
have everything a man could have,--youth,
health, strength, education, energy. I was
sorry you spoke. And now I am glad--so
glad--if it wakens these thoughts in you!"

"And if I do----"

Her dear hand rested like warm velvet upon
my lips. "Not another word, Sir! You should
have been at the office for evening duty half
an hour ago; only I hadn't the heart to remind
you. Some day, perhaps, when you have
won your place in the world, we shall talk it
over again."

And so it was that I found myself that foggy
November evening pursuing the
Camberwell tram with my heart glowing
within me, and with the eager determination
that not another day should elapse before I
should find some deed which was worthy of
my lady. But who--who in all this wide world
could ever have imagined the incredible
shape which that deed was to take, or the
strange steps by which I was led to the
doing of it?

And, after all, this opening chapter will
seem to the reader to have nothing to do
with my narrative; and yet there would have
been no narrative without it, for it is only
when a man goes out into the world with the
thought that there are heroisms all round
him, and with the desire all alive in his heart
to follow any which may come within sight of
him, that he breaks away as I did from the
life he knows, and ventures forth into the
wonderful mystic twilight land where lie the
great adventures and the great rewards.
Behold me, then, at the office of the Daily

-4-

Gazette, on the staff of which I was a most
insignificant unit, with the settled
determination that very night, if possible, to
find the quest which should be worthy of my
Gladys! Was it hardness, was it selfishness,
that she should ask me to risk my life for her
own glorification? Such thoughts may come
to middle age; but never to ardent three-
and-twenty in the fever of his first love.

Chapter 2 Try Your Luck With Professor
Challenger

I always liked McArdle, the crabbed, old,
round-backed, red-headed news editor,
and I rather hoped that he liked me. Of
course, Beaumont was the real boss; but he
lived in the rarefied atmosphere of some
Olympian height from which he could
distinguish nothing smaller than an
international crisis or a split in the Cabinet.
Sometimes we saw him passing in lonely
majesty to his inner sanctum, with his eyes
staring vaguely and his mind hovering over
the Balkans or the Persian Gulf. He was
above and beyond us. But McArdle was his
first lieutenant, and it was he that we knew.
The old man nodded as I entered the room,
and he pushed his spectacles far up on his
bald forehead.

"Well, Mr. Malone, from all I hear, you seem
to be doing very well," said he in his kindly
Scotch accent.

I thanked him.

"The colliery explosion was excellent. So
was the Southwark fire. You have the true
descreeptive touch. What did you want to
see me about?"

"To ask a favor."

He looked alarmed, and his eyes shunned
mine. "Tut, tut! What is it?"

"Do you think, Sir, that you could possibly
send me on some mission for the paper? I
would do my best to put it through and get
you some good copy."

"What sort of meesion had you in your mind,
Mr. Malone?"

"Well, Sir, anything that had adventure and
danger in it. I really would do my very best.
The more difficult it was, the better it would
suit me."

"You seem very anxious to lose your life."

"To justify my life, Sir."

"Dear me, Mr. Malone, this is very--very
exalted. I'm afraid the day for this sort of
thing is rather past. The expense of the
`special meesion' business hardly justifies
the result, and, of course, in any case it
would only be an experienced man with a
name that would command public
confidence who would get such an order.
The big blank spaces in the map are all
being filled in, and there's no room for
romance anywhere. Wait a bit, though!" he
added, with a sudden smile upon his face.
"Talking of the blank spaces of the map
gives me an idea. What about exposing a
fraud--a modern Munchausen--and
making him rideeculous? You could show
him up as the liar that he is! Eh, man, it
would be fine. How does it appeal to you?"

"Anything--anywhere--I care nothing."

McArdle was plunged in thought for some
minutes.

"I wonder whether you could get on friendly-
-or at least on talking terms with the fellow,"
he said, at last. "You seem to have a sort of
genius for establishing relations with
people--seempathy, I suppose, or animal

-5-

magnetism, or youthful vitality, or
something. I am conscious of it myself."

"You are very good, sir."

"So why should you not try your luck with
Professor Challenger, of Enmore Park?"

I dare say I looked a little startled.

"Challenger!" I cried. "Professor
Challenger, the famous zoologist! Wasn't he
the man who broke the skull of Blundell, of
the Telegraph?"

The news editor smiled grimly.

"Do you mind? Didn't you say it was
adventures you were after?"

"It is all in the way of business, sir," I
answered.

"Exactly. I don't suppose he can always be
so violent as that. I'm thinking that Blundell
got him at the wrong moment, maybe, or in
the wrong fashion. You may have better
luck, or more tact in handling him. There's
something in your line there, I am sure, and
the Gazette should work it."

"I really know nothing about him," said I. I
only remember his name in connection with
the police-court proceedings, for striking
Blundell."

"I have a few notes for your guidance, Mr.
Malone. I've had my eye on the Professor
for some little time." He took a paper from a
drawer. "Here is a summary of his record. I
give it you briefly:

"`Challenger, George Edward. Born: Largs,
N. B., 1863. Educ.: Largs Academy;
Edinburgh University. British Museum
Assistant, 1892. Assistant-Keeper of

Comparative Anthropology Department,
1893. Resigned after acrimonious
correspondence same year. Winner of
Crayston Medal for Zoological Research.
Foreign Member of'--well, quite a lot of
things, about two inches of small type--
`Societe Belge, American Academy of
Sciences, La Plata, etc., etc. Ex-President
Palaeontological Society. Section H, British
Association'--so on, so on!--
`Publications: "Some Observations Upon a
Series of Kalmuck Skulls"; "Outlines of
Vertebrate Evolution"; and numerous
papers, including "The underlying fallacy of
Weissmannism," which caused heated
discussion at the Zoological Congress of
Vienna. Recreations: Walking, Alpine
climbing. Address: Enmore Park,
Kensington, W.'

"There, take it with you. I've nothing more for
you to-night."

I pocketed the slip of paper.

"One moment, sir," I said, as I realized that it
was a pink bald head, and not a red face,
which was fronting me. "I am not very clear
yet why I am to interview this gentleman.
What has he done?"

The face flashed back again.

"Went to South America on a solitary
expedeetion two years ago. Came back
last year. Had undoubtedly been to South
America, but refused to say exactly where.
Began to tell his adventures in a vague way,
but somebody started to pick holes, and he
just shut up like an oyster. Something
wonderful happened--or the man's a
champion liar, which is the more probable
supposeetion. Had some damaged
photographs, said to be fakes. Got so
touchy that he assaults anyone who asks
questions, and heaves reporters doun the

-6-

stairs. In my opinion he's just a homicidal
megalomaniac with a turn for science.
That's your man, Mr. Malone. Now, off you
run, and see what you can make of him.
You're big enough to look after yourself.
Anyway, you are all safe. Employers'
Liability Act, you know."

A grinning red face turned once more into a
pink oval, fringed with gingery fluff; the
interview was at an end.

I walked across to the Savage Club, but
instead of turning into it I leaned upon the
railings of Adelphi Terrace and gazed
thoughtfully for a long time at the brown, oily
river. I can always think most sanely and
clearly in the open air. I took out the list of
Professor Challenger's exploits, and I read
it over under the electric lamp. Then I had
what I can only regard as an inspiration. As
a Pressman, I felt sure from what I had been
told that I could never hope to get into touch
with this cantankerous Professor. But these
recriminations, twice mentioned in his
skeleton biography, could only mean that he
was a fanatic in science. Was there not an
exposed margin there upon which he might
be accessible? I would try.

I entered the club. It was just after eleven,
and the big room was fairly full, though the
rush had not yet set in. I noticed a tall, thin,
angular man seated in an arm-chair by the
fire. He turned as I drew my chair up to him.
It was the man of all others whom I should
have chosen--Tarp Henry, of the staff of
Nature, a thin, dry, leathery creature, who
was full, to those who knew him, of kindly
humanity. I plunged instantly into my subject.

"What do you know of Professor
Challenger?"

"Challenger?" He gathered his brows in
scientific disapproval. "Challenger was the

man who came with some cock-and-bull
story from South America."

"What story?"

"Oh, it was rank nonsense about some
queer animals he had discovered. I believe
he has retracted since. Anyhow, he has
suppressed it all. He gave an interview to
Reuter's, and there was such a howl that he
saw it wouldn't do. It was a discreditable
business. There were one or two folk who
were inclined to take him seriously, but he
soon choked them off."

"How?"

"Well, by his insufferable rudeness and
impossible behavior. There was poor old
Wadley, of the Zoological Institute. Wadley
sent a message: `The President of the
Zoological Institute presents his
compliments to Professor Challenger, and
would take it as a personal favor if he would
do them the honor to come to their next
meeting.' The answer was unprintable."

"You don't say?"

"Well, a bowdlerized version of it would run:
`Professor Challenger presents his
compliments to the President of the
Zoological Institute, and would take it as a
personal favor if he would go to the devil.'"

"Good Lord!"

"Yes, I expect that's what old Wadley said. I
remember his wail at the meeting, which
began: `In fifty years experience of
scientific intercourse----' It quite broke the
old man up."

"Anything more about Challenger?"

"Well, I'm a bacteriologist, you know. I live in

-7-

a nine-hundred-diameter microscope. I
can hardly claim to take serious notice of
anything that I can see with my naked eye.
I'm a frontiersman from the extreme edge of
the Knowable, and I feel quite out of place
when I leave my study and come into touch
with all you great, rough, hulking creatures.
I'm too detached to talk scandal, and yet at
scientific conversaziones I HAVE heard
something of Challenger, for he is one of
those men whom nobody can ignore. He's
as clever as they make 'em--a full-charged
battery of force and vitality, but a
quarrelsome, ill-conditioned faddist, and
unscrupulous at that. He had gone the length
of faking some photographs over the South
American business."

"You say he is a faddist. What is his
particular fad?"

"He has a thousand, but the latest is
something about Weissmann and Evolution.
He had a fearful row about it in Vienna, I
believe."

"Can't you tell me the point?"

"Not at the moment, but a translation of the
proceedings exists. We have it filed at the
office. Would you care to come?"

"It's just what I want. I have to interview the
fellow, and I need some lead up to him. It's
really awfully good of you to give me a lift. I'll
go with you now, if it is not too late."

Half an hour later I was seated in the
newspaper office with a huge tome in front
of me, which had been opened at the article
"Weissmann versus Darwin," with the sub
heading, "Spirited Protest at Vienna. Lively
Proceedings." My scientific education
having been somewhat neglected, I was
unable to follow the whole argument, but it
was evident that the English Professor had

handled his subject in a very aggressive
fashion, and had thoroughly annoyed his
Continental colleagues. "Protests,"
"Uproar," and "General appeal to the
Chairman" were three of the first brackets
which caught my eye. Most of the matter
might have been written in Chinese for any
definite meaning that it conveyed to my
brain.

"I wish you could translate it into English for
me," I said, pathetically, to my help-mate.

"Well, it is a translation."

"Then I'd better try my luck with the original."

"It is certainly rather deep for a layman."

"If I could only get a single good, meaty
sentence which seemed to convey some
sort of definite human idea, it would serve
my turn. Ah, yes, this one will do. I seem in a
vague way almost to understand it. I'll copy it
out. This shall be my link with the terrible
Professor."

"Nothing else I can do?"

"Well, yes; I propose to write to him. If I could
frame the letter here, and use your address
it would give atmosphere."

"We'll have the fellow round here making a
row and breaking the furniture."

"No, no; you'll see the letter--nothing
contentious, I assure you."

"Well, that's my chair and desk. You'll find
paper there. I'd like to censor it before it
goes."

It took some doing, but I flatter myself that it
wasn't such a bad job when it was finished.
I read it aloud to the critical bacteriologist

-8-

with some pride in my handiwork.

"DEAR PROFESSOR CHALLENGER," it
said, "As a humble student of Nature, I have
always taken the most profound interest in
your speculations as to the differences
between Darwin and Weissmann. I have
recently had occasion to refresh my
memory by re-reading----"

"You infernal liar!" murmured Tarp Henry.

--"by re-reading your masterly address at
Vienna. That lucid and admirable statement
seems to be the last word in the matter.
There is one sentence in it, however--
namely: `I protest strongly against the
insufferable and entirely dogmatic
assertion that each separate id is a
microcosm possessed of an historical
architecture elaborated slowly through the
series of generations.' Have you no desire,
in view of later research, to modify this
statement? Do you not think that it is over-
accentuated? With your permission, I would
ask the favor of an interview, as I feel
strongly upon the subject, and have certain
suggestions which I could only elaborate in
a personal conversation. With your consent, I
trust to have the honor of calling at eleven
o'clock the day after to-morrow
(Wednesday) morning.

"I remain, Sir, with assurances of profound
respect, yours very truly, EDWARD D.
MALONE."

"How's that?" I asked, triumphantly.

"Well if your conscience can stand it----"

"It has never failed me yet."

"But what do you mean to do?"

"To get there. Once I am in his room I may

see some opening. I may even go the length
of open confession. If he is a sportsman he
will be tickled."

"Tickled, indeed! He's much more likely to
do the tickling. Chain mail, or an American
football suit--that's what you'll want. Well,
good-bye. I'll have the answer for you here
on Wednesday morning--if he ever deigns
to answer you. He is a violent, dangerous,
cantankerous character, hated by everyone
who comes across him, and the butt of the
students, so far as they dare take a liberty
with him. Perhaps it would be best for you if
you never heard from the fellow at all."

Chapter 3 He Is A Perfectly Impossible
Person

My friend's fear or hope was not destined to
be realized. When I called on Wednesday
there was a letter with the West Kensington
postmark upon it, and my name scrawled
across the envelope in a handwriting which
looked like a barbed-wire railing. The
contents were as follows:

"ENMORE PARK, W.

"SIR,--I have duly received your note, in
which you claim to endorse my views,
although I am not aware that they are
dependent upon endorsement either from
you or anyone else. You have ventured to
use the word `speculation' with regard to
my statement upon the subject of
Darwinism, and I would call your attention to
the fact that such a word in such a
connection is offensive to a degree. The
context convinces me, however, that you
have sinned rather through ignorance and
tactlessness than through malice, so I am
content to pass the matter by. You quote an
isolated sentence from my lecture, and
appear to have some difficulty in
understanding it. I should have thought that

-9-

only a sub-human intelligence could have
failed to grasp the point, but if it really needs
amplification I shall consent to see you at
the hour named, though visits and visitors of
every sort are exceeding distasteful to me.
As to your suggestion that I may modify my
opinion, I would have you know that it is not
my habit to do so after a deliberate
expression of my mature views. You will
kindly show the envelope of this letter to my
man, Austin, when you call, as he has to
take every precaution to shield me from the
intrusive rascals who call themselves
`journalists.' "Yours faithfully, "GEORGE
EDWARD CHALLENGER."

This was the letter that I read aloud to Tarp
Henry, who had come down early to hear
the result of my venture. His only remark
was, "There's some new stuff, cuticura or
something, which is better than arnica."
Some people have such extraordinary
notions of humor.

It was nearly half-past ten before I had
received my message, but a taxicab took
me round in good time for my appointment.
It was an imposing porticoed house at
which we stopped, and the heavily-
curtained windows gave every indication of
wealth upon the part of this formidable
Professor. The door was opened by an
odd, swarthy, dried-up person of uncertain
age, with a dark pilot jacket and brown
leather gaiters. I found afterwards that he
was the chauffeur, who filled the gaps left
by a succession of fugitive butlers. He
looked me up and down with a searching
light blue eye.

"Expected?" he asked.

"An appointment."

"Got your letter?"

I produced the envelope.

"Right!" He seemed to be a person of few
words. Following him down the passage I
was suddenly interrupted by a small
woman, who stepped out from what proved
to be the dining-room door. She was a
bright, vivacious, dark-eyed lady, more
French than English in her type.

"One moment," she said. "You can wait,
Austin. Step in here, sir. May I ask if you
have met my husband before?"

"No, madam, I have not had the honor."

"Then I apologize to you in advance. I must
tell you that he is a perfectly impossible
person--absolutely impossible. If you are
forewarned you will be the more ready to
make allowances."

"It is most considerate of you, madam."

"Get quickly out of the room if he seems
inclined to be violent. Don't wait to argue
with him. Several people have been injured
through doing that. Afterwards there is a
public scandal and it reflects upon me and
all of us. I suppose it wasn't about South
America you wanted to see him?"

I could not lie to a lady.

"Dear me! That is his most dangerous
subject. You won't believe a word he says--
I'm sure I don't wonder. But don't tell him so,
for it makes him very violent. Pretend to
believe him, and you may get through all
right. Remember he believes it himself. Of
that you may be assured. A more honest
man never lived. Don't wait any longer or he
may suspect. If you find him dangerous--
really dangerous--ring the bell and hold him
off until I come. Even at his worst I can
usually control him."

-10-

With these encouraging words the lady
handed me over to the taciturn Austin, who
had waited like a bronze statue of
discretion during our short interview, and I
was conducted to the end of the passage.
There was a tap at a door, a bull's bellow
from within, and I was face to face with the
Professor.

He sat in a rotating chair behind a broad
table, which was covered with books,
maps, and diagrams. As I entered, his seat
spun round to face me. His appearance
made me gasp. I was prepared for
something strange, but not for so
overpowering a personality as this. It was
his size which took one's breath away--his
size and his imposing presence. His head
was enormous, the largest I have ever seen
upon a human being. I am sure that his top-
hat, had I ever ventured to don it, would have
slipped over me entirely and rested on my
shoulders. He had the face and beard which
I associate with an Assyrian bull; the former
florid, the latter so black as almost to have a
suspicion of blue, spade-shaped and
rippling down over his chest. The hair was
peculiar, plastered down in front in a long,
curving wisp over his massive forehead.
The eyes were blue-gray under great black
tufts, very clear, very critical, and very
masterful. A huge spread of shoulders and
a chest like a barrel were the other parts of
him which appeared above the table, save
for two enormous hands covered with long
black hair. This and a bellowing, roaring,
rumbling voice made up my first impression
of the notorious Professor Challenger.

"Well?" said he, with a most insolent stare.
"What now?"

I must keep up my deception for at least a
little time longer, otherwise here was
evidently an end of the interview.

"You were good enough to give me an
appointment, sir," said I, humbly, producing
his envelope.

He took my letter from his desk and laid it
out before him.

"Oh, you are the young person who cannot
understand plain English, are you? My
general conclusions you are good enough
to approve, as I understand?"

"Entirely, sir--entirely!" I was very emphatic.

"Dear me! That strengthens my position
very much, does it not? Your age and
appearance make your support doubly
valuable. Well, at least you are better than
that herd of swine in Vienna, whose
gregarious grunt is, however, not more
offensive than the isolated effort of the
British hog." He glared at me as the present
representative of the beast.

"They seem to have behaved abominably,"
said I.

"I assure you that I can fight my own battles,
and that I have no possible need of your
sympathy. Put me alone, sir, and with my
back to the wall. G. E. C. is happiest then.
Well, sir, let us do what we can to curtail this
visit, which can hardly be agreeable to you,
and is inexpressibly irksome to me. You
had, as I have been led to believe, some
comments to make upon the proposition
which I advanced in my thesis."

There was a brutal directness about his
methods which made evasion difficult. I
must still make play and wait for a better
opening. It had seemed simple enough at a
distance. Oh, my Irish wits, could they not
help me now, when I needed help so
sorely? He transfixed me with two sharp,
steely eyes. "Come, come!" he rumbled.

-11-

"I am, of course, a mere student," said I,
with a fatuous smile, "hardly more, I might
say, than an earnest inquirer. At the same
time, it seemed to me that you were a little
severe upon Weissmann in this matter. Has
not the general evidence since that date
tended to--well, to strengthen his
position?"

"What evidence?" He spoke with a
menacing calm.

"Well, of course, I am aware that there is not
any what you might call DEFINITE evidence.
I alluded merely to the trend of modern
thought and the general scientific point of
view, if I might so express it."

He leaned forward with great earnestness.

"I suppose you are aware," said he,
checking off points upon his fingers, "that
the cranial index is a constant factor?"

"Naturally," said I.

"And that telegony is still sub judice?"

"Undoubtedly."

"And that the germ plasm is different from
the parthenogenetic egg?"

"Why, surely!" I cried, and gloried in my own
audacity.

"But what does that prove?" he asked, in a
gentle, persuasive voice.

"Ah, what indeed?" I murmured. "What does
it prove?"

"Shall I tell you?" he cooed.

"Pray do."

"It proves," he roared, with a sudden blast of
fury, "that you are the damnedest imposter
in London--a vile, crawling journalist, who
has no more science than he has decency in
his composition!"

He had sprung to his feet with a mad rage in
his eyes. Even at that moment of tension I
found time for amazement at the discovery
that he was quite a short man, his head not
higher than my shoulder--a stunted
Hercules whose tremendous vitality had all
run to depth, breadth, and brain.

"Gibberish!" he cried, leaning forward, with
his fingers on the table and his face
projecting. "That's what I have been talking
to you, sir--scientific gibberish! Did you
think you could match cunning with me--you
with your walnut of a brain? You think you
are omnipotent, you infernal scribblers,
don't you? That your praise can make a
man and your blame can break him? We
must all bow to you, and try to get a
favorable word, must we? This man shall
have a leg up, and this man shall have a
dressing down! Creeping vermin, I know
you! You've got out of your station. Time
was when your ears were clipped. You've
lost your sense of proportion. Swollen gas-
bags! I'll keep you in your proper place. Yes,
sir, you haven't got over G. E. C. There's
one man who is still your master. He warned
you off, but if you WILL come, by the Lord
you do it at your own risk. Forfeit, my good
Mr. Malone, I claim forfeit! You have played
a rather dangerous game, and it strikes me
that you have lost it."

"Look here, sir," said I, backing to the door
and opening it; "you can be as abusive as
you like. But there is a limit. You shall not
assault me."

"Shall I not?" He was slowly advancing in a
peculiarly menacing way, but he stopped

-12-

now and put his big hands into the side-
pockets of a rather boyish short jacket
which he wore. "I have thrown several of you
out of the house. You will be the fourth or
fifth. Three pound fifteen each--that is how
it averaged. Expensive, but very necessary.
Now, sir, why should you not follow your
brethren? I rather think you must." He
resumed his unpleasant and stealthy
advance, pointing his toes as he walked,
like a dancing master.

I could have bolted for the hall door, but it
would have been too ignominious. Besides,
a little glow of righteous anger was
springing up within me. I had been
hopelessly in the wrong before, but this
man's menaces were putting me in the
right.

"I'll trouble you to keep your hands off, sir. I'll
not stand it."

"Dear me!" His black moustache lifted and
a white fang twinkled in a sneer. "You won't
stand it, eh?"

"Don't be such a fool, Professor!" I cried.
"What can you hope for? I'm fifteen stone,
as hard as nails, and play center three-
quarter every Saturday for the London Irish.
I'm not the man----"

It was at that moment that he rushed me. It
was lucky that I had opened the door, or we
should have gone through it. We did a
Catharine-wheel together down the
passage. Somehow we gathered up a chair
upon our way, and bounded on with it
towards the street. My mouth was full of his
beard, our arms were locked, our bodies
intertwined, and that infernal chair radiated
its legs all round us. The watchful Austin had
thrown open the hall door. We went with a
back somersault down the front steps. I
have seen the two Macs attempt something

of the kind at the halls, but it appears to take
some practise to do it without hurting
oneself. The chair went to matchwood at the
bottom, and we rolled apart into the gutter.
He sprang to his feet, waving his fists and
wheezing like an asthmatic.

"Had enough?" he panted.

"You infernal bully!" I cried, as I gathered
myself together.

Then and there we should have tried the
thing out, for he was effervescing with fight,
but fortunately I was rescued from an odious
situation. A policeman was beside us, his
notebook in his hand.

"What's all this? You ought to be ashamed"
said the policeman. It was the most rational
remark which I had heard in Enmore Park.
"Well," he insisted, turning to me, "what is it,
then?"

"This man attacked me," said I.

"Did you attack him?" asked the policeman.

The Professor breathed hard and said
nothing.

"It's not the first time, either," said the
policeman, severely, shaking his head.
"You were in trouble last month for the same
thing. You've blackened this young man's
eye. Do you give him in charge, sir?"

I relented.

"No," said I, "I do not."

"What's that?" said the policeman.

"I was to blame myself. I intruded upon him.
He gave me fair warning."

-13-

The policeman snapped up his notebook.

"Don't let us have any more such goings-
on," said he. "Now, then! Move on, there,
move on!" This to a butcher's boy, a maid,
and one or two loafers who had collected.
He clumped heavily down the street, driving
this little flock before him. The Professor
looked at me, and there was something
humorous at the back of his eyes.

"Come in!" said he. "I've not done with you
yet."

The speech had a sinister sound, but I
followed him none the less into the house.
The man-servant, Austin, like a wooden
image, closed the door behind us.

Chapter 4 It's Just The Very Biggest Thing In
The World

Hardly was it shut when Mrs. Challenger
darted out from the dining-room. The small
woman was in a furious temper. She barred
her husband's way like an enraged chicken
in front of a bulldog. It was evident that she
had seen my exit, but had not observed my
return.

"You brute, George!" she screamed.
"You've hurt that nice young man."

He jerked backwards with his thumb.

"Here he is, safe and sound behind me."

She was confused, but not unduly so.

"I am so sorry, I didn't see you."

"I assure you, madam, that it is all right."

"He has marked your poor face! Oh,
George, what a brute you are! Nothing but
scandals from one end of the week to the

other. Everyone hating and making fun of
you. You've finished my patience. This ends
it."

"Dirty linen," he rumbled.

"It's not a secret," she cried. "Do you
suppose that the whole street--the whole of
London, for that matter Get away, Austin,
we don't want you here. Do you suppose
they don't all talk about you? Where is your
dignity? You, a man who should have been
Regius Professor at a great University with
a thousand students all revering you. Where
is your dignity, George?"

"How about yours, my dear?"

"You try me too much. A ruffian--a common
brawling ruffian that's what you have
become."

"Be good, Jessie."

"A roaring, raging bully!"

"That's done it! Stool of penance!" said he.

To my amazement he stooped, picked her
up, and placed her sitting upon a high
pedestal of black marble in the angle of the
hall. It was at least seven feet high, and so
thin that she could hardly balance upon it. A
more absurd object than she presented
cocked up there with her face convulsed
with anger, her feet dangling, and her body
rigid for fear of an upset, I could not
imagine.

"Let me down!" she wailed.

"Say `please.'"

"You brute, George! Let me down this
instant!"

-14-

"Come into the study, Mr. Malone."

"Really, sir----!" said I, looking at the lady.

"Here's Mr. Malone pleading for you,
Jessie.

Say `please,' and down you come."

"Oh, you brute! Please! please!"

"You must behave yourself, dear. Mr.
Malone is a Pressman. He will have it all in
his rag to-morrow, and sell an extra dozen
among our neighbors. `Strange story of high
life'--you felt fairly high on that pedestal,
did you not? Then a sub-title, `Glimpse of a
singular menage.' He's a foul feeder, is Mr.
Malone, a carrion eater, like all of his kind--
porcus ex grege diaboli a swine from the
devil's herd. That's it, Malone--what?"

"You are really intolerable!" said I, hotly.

He bellowed with laughter.

"We shall have a coalition presently," he
boomed, looking from his wife to me and
puffing out his enormous chest. Then,
suddenly altering his tone, "Excuse this
frivolous family badinage, Mr. Malone. I
called you back for some more serious
purpose than to mix you up with our little
domestic pleasantries. Run away, little
woman, and don't fret." He placed a huge
hand upon each of her shoulders. "All that
you say is perfectly true. I should be a better
man if I did what you advise, but I shouldn't
be quite George Edward Challenger. There
are plenty of better men, my dear, but only
one G. E. C. So make the best of him." He
suddenly gave her a resounding kiss, which
embarrassed me even more than his
violence had done. "Now, Mr. Malone," he
continued, with a great accession of
dignity, "this way, if YOU please."

We re-entered the room which we had left
so tumultuously ten minutes before. The
Professor closed the door carefully behind
us, motioned me into an arm-chair, and
pushed a cigar-box under my nose.

"Real San Juan Colorado," he said.
"Excitable people like you are the better for
narcotics. Heavens! don't bite it! Cut--and
cut with reverence! Now lean back, and
listen attentively to whatever I may care to
say to you. If any remark should occur to
you, you can reserve it for some more
opportune time.

"First of all, as to your return to my house
after your most justifiable expulsion"--he
protruded his beard, and stared at me as
one who challenges and invites
contradiction--"after, as I say, your well-
merited expulsion. The reason lay in your
answer to that most officious policeman, in
which I seemed to discern some
glimmering of good feeling upon your part--
more, at any rate, than I am accustomed to
associate with your profession. In admitting
that the fault of the incident lay with you, you
gave some evidence of a certain mental
detachment and breadth of view which
attracted my favorable notice. The sub-
species of the human race to which you
unfortunately belong has always been
below my mental horizon. Your words
brought you suddenly above it. You swam
up into my serious notice. For this reason I
asked you to return with me, as I was
minded to make your further acquaintance.
You will kindly deposit your ash in the small
Japanese tray on the bamboo table which
stands at your left elbow."

All this he boomed forth like a professor
addressing his class. He had swung round
his revolving chair so as to face me, and he
sat all puffed out like an enormous bull-frog,
his head laid back and his eyes half-

-15-

covered by supercilious lids. Now he
suddenly turned himself sideways, and all I
could see of him was tangled hair with a
red, protruding ear. He was scratching
about among the litter of papers upon his
desk. He faced me presently with what
looked like a very tattered sketch-book in
his hand.

"I am going to talk to you about South
America," said he. "No comments if you
please. First of all, I wish you to understand
that nothing I tell you now is to be repeated
in any public way unless you have my
express permission. That permission will, in
all human probability, never be given. Is that
clear?"

"It is very hard," said I. "Surely a judicious
account----"

He replaced the notebook upon the table.

"That ends it," said he. "I wish you a very
good morning."

"No, no!" I cried. "I submit to any conditions.
So far as I can see, I have no choice."

"None in the world," said he.

"Well, then, I promise."

"Word of honor?"

"Word of honor."

He looked at me with doubt in his insolent
eyes.

"After all, what do I know about your honor?"
said he.

"Upon my word, sir," I cried, angrily, "you
take very great liberties! I have never been
so insulted in my life."

He seemed more interested than annoyed
at my outbreak.

"Round-headed," he muttered.
"Brachycephalic, gray-eyed, black-haired,
with suggestion of the negroid. Celtic, I
presume?"

"I am an Irishman, sir."

"Irish Irish?"

"Yes, sir."

"That, of course, explains it. Let me see;
you have given me your promise that my
confidence will be respected? That
confidence, I may say, will be far from
complete. But I am prepared to give you a
few indications which will be of interest. In
the first place, you are probably aware that
two years ago I made a journey to South
America--one which will be classical in the
scientific history of the world? The object of
my journey was to verify some conclusions
of Wallace and of Bates, which could only
be done by observing their reported facts
under the same conditions in which they had
themselves noted them. If my expedition
had no other results it would still have been
noteworthy, but a curious incident occurred
to me while there which opened up an
entirely fresh line of inquiry.

"You are aware--or probably, in this half-
educated age, you are not aware--that the
country round some parts of the Amazon is
still only partially explored, and that a great
number of tributaries, some of them entirely
uncharted, run into the main river. It was my
business to visit this little-known back-
country and to examine its fauna, which
furnished me with the materials for several
chapters for that great and monumental
work upon zoology which will be my life's
justification. I was returning, my work

-16-

accomplished, when I had occasion to
spend a night at a small Indian village at a
point where a certain tributary--the name
and position of which I withhold--opens into
the main river. The natives were Cucama
Indians, an amiable but degraded race,
with mental powers hardly superior to the
average Londoner. I had effected some
cures among them upon my way up the
river, and had impressed them
considerably with my personality, so that I
was not surprised to find myself eagerly
awaited upon my return. I gathered from
their signs that someone had urgent need of
my medical services, and I followed the
chief to one of his huts. When I entered I
found that the sufferer to whose aid I had
been summoned had that instant expired.
He was, to my surprise, no Indian, but a
white man; indeed, I may say a very white
man, for he was flaxen-haired and had
some characteristics of an albino. He was
clad in rags, was very emaciated, and bore
every trace of prolonged hardship. So far as
I could understand the account of the
natives, he was a complete stranger to
them, and had come upon their village
through the woods alone and in the last
stage of exhaustion.

"The man's knapsack lay beside the couch,
and I examined the contents. His name was
written upon a tab within it--Maple White,
Lake Avenue, Detroit, Michigan. It is a
name to which I am prepared always to lift
my hat. It is not too much to say that it will
rank level with my own when the final credit
of this business comes to be apportioned.

"From the contents of the knapsack it was
evident that this man had been an artist and
poet in search of effects. There were
scraps of verse. I do not profess to be a
judge of such things, but they appeared to
me to be singularly wanting in merit. There
were also some rather commonplace

pictures of river scenery, a paint-box, a box
of colored chalks, some brushes, that
curved bone which lies upon my inkstand, a
volume of Baxter's `Moths and Butterflies,'
a cheap revolver, and a few cartridges. Of
personal equipment he either had none or
he had lost it in his journey. Such were the
total effects of this strange American
Bohemian.

"I was turning away from him when I
observed that something projected from
the front of his ragged jacket. It was this
sketch-book, which was as dilapidated
then as you see it now. Indeed, I can assure
you that a first folio of Shakespeare could
not be treated with greater reverence than
this relic has been since it came into my
possession. I hand it to you now, and I ask
you to take it page by page and to examine
the contents."

He helped himself to a cigar and leaned
back with a fiercely critical pair of eyes,
taking note of the effect which this
document would produce.

I had opened the volume with some
expectation of a revelation, though of what
nature I could not imagine. The first page
was disappointing, however, as it
contained nothing but the picture of a very
fat man in a pea-jacket, with the legend,
"Jimmy Colver on the Mail-boat," written
beneath it. There followed several pages
which were filled with small sketches of
Indians and their ways. Then came a picture
of a cheerful and corpulent ecclesiastic in a
shovel hat, sitting opposite a very thin
European, and the inscription: "Lunch with
Fra Cristofero at Rosario." Studies of
women and babies accounted for several
more pages, and then there was an
unbroken series of animal drawings with
such explanations as "Manatee upon
Sandbank," "Turtles and Their Eggs,"

-17-

"Black Ajouti under a Miriti Palm"--the
matter disclosing some sort of pig-like
animal; and finally came a double page of
studies of long-snouted and very
unpleasant saurians. I could make nothing
of it, and said so to the Professor.

"Surely these are only crocodiles?"

"Alligators! Alligators! There is hardly such a
thing as a true crocodile in South America.
The distinction between them----"

"I meant that I could see nothing unusual--
nothing to justify what you have said."

He smiled serenely.

"Try the next page," said he.

I was still unable to sympathize. It was a full-
page sketch of a landscape roughly tinted in
color--the kind of painting which an open-
air artist takes as a guide to a future more
elaborate effort. There was a pale-green
foreground of feathery vegetation, which
sloped upwards and ended in a line of cliffs
dark red in color, and curiously ribbed like
some basaltic formations which I have
seen. They extended in an unbroken wall
right across the background. At one point
was an isolated pyramidal rock, crowned
by a great tree, which appeared to be
separated by a cleft from the main crag.
Behind it all, a blue tropical sky. A thin green
line of vegetation fringed the summit of the
ruddy cliff.

"Well?" he asked.

"It is no doubt a curious formation," said I
"but I am not geologist enough to say that it
is wonderful."

"Wonderful!" he repeated. "It is unique. It is
incredible. No one on earth has ever

dreamed of such a possibility. Now the
next."

I turned it over, and gave an exclamation of
surprise. There was a full-page picture of
the most extraordinary creature that I had
ever seen. It was the wild dream of an
opium smoker, a vision of delirium. The
head was like that of a fowl, the body that of
a bloated lizard, the trailing tail was
furnished with upward turned spikes, and
the curved back was edged with a high
serrated fringe, which looked like a dozen
cocks' wattles placed behind each other. In
front of this creature was an absurd
mannikin, or dwarf, in human form, who
stood staring at it.

"Well, what do you think of that?" cried the
Professor, rubbing his hands with an air of
triumph.

"It is monstrous--grotesque."

"But what made him draw such an animal?"

"Trade gin, I should think."

"Oh, that's the best explanation you can
give, is it?"

"Well, sir, what is yours?"

"The obvious one that the creature exists.
That is actually sketched from the life."

I should have laughed only that I had a vision
of our doing another Catharine-wheel down
the passage.

"No doubt," said I, "no doubt," as one
humors an imbecile. "I confess, however," I
added, "that this tiny human figure puzzles
me. If it were an Indian we could set it down
as evidence of some pigmy race in
America, but it appears to be a European in

-18-

a sun-hat."

The Professor snorted like an angry buffalo.
"You really touch the limit," said he. "You
enlarge my view of the possible. Cerebral
paresis! Mental inertia! Wonderful!"

He was too absurd to make me angry.
Indeed, it was a waste of energy, for if you
were going to be angry with this man you
would be angry all the time. I contented
myself with smiling wearily. "It struck me that
the man was small," said I.

"Look here!" he cried, leaning forward and
dabbing a great hairy sausage of a finger
on to the picture. "You see that plant behind
the animal; I suppose you thought it was a
dandelion or a Brussels sprout--what?
Well, it is a vegetable ivory palm, and they
run to about fifty or sixty feet. Don't you see
that the man is put in for a purpose? He
couldn't really have stood in front of that
brute and lived to draw it. He sketched
himself in to give a scale of heights. He
was, we will say, over five feet high. The
tree is ten times bigger, which is what one
would expect."

"Good heavens!" I cried. "Then you think the
beast was Why, Charing Cross station
would hardly make a kennel for such a
brute!"

"Apart from exaggeration, he is certainly a
well-grown specimen," said the Professor,
complacently.

"But," I cried, "surely the whole experience
of the human race is not to be set aside on
account of a single sketch"--I had turned
over the leaves and ascertained that there
was nothing more in the book--"a single
sketch by a wandering American artist who
may have done it under hashish, or in the
delirium of fever, or simply in order to gratify

a freakish imagination. You can't, as a man
of science, defend such a position as that."

For answer the Professor took a book
down from a shelf.

"This is an excellent monograph by my
gifted friend, Ray Lankester!" said he.
"There is an illustration here which would
interest you. Ah, yes, here it is! The
inscription beneath it runs: `Probable
appearance in life of the Jurassic Dinosaur
Stegosaurus. The hind leg alone is twice as
tall as a full-grown man.' Well, what do you
make of that?"

He handed me the open book. I started as I
looked at the picture. In this reconstructed
animal of a dead world there was certainly a
very great resemblance to the sketch of the
unknown artist.

"That is certainly remarkable," said I.

"But you won't admit that it is final?"

"Surely it might be a coincidence, or this
American may have seen a picture of the
kind and carried it in his memory. It would be
likely to recur to a man in a delirium."

"Very good," said the Professor,
indulgently; "we leave it at that. I will now ask
you to look at this bone." He handed over the
one which he had already described as part
of the dead man's possessions. It was
about six inches long, and thicker than my
thumb, with some indications of dried
cartilage at one end of it.

"To what known creature does that bone
belong?" asked the Professor.

I examined it with care and tried to recall
some half forgotten knowledge.

-19-

"It might be a very thick human collar-bone,"
I said.

My companion waved his hand in
contemptuous deprecation.

"The human collar-bone is curved. This is
straight. There is a groove upon its surface
showing that a great tendon played across
it, which could not be the case with a
clavicle."

"Then I must confess that I don't know what
it is."

"You need not be ashamed to expose your
ignorance, for I don't suppose the whole
South Kensington staff could give a name to
it." He took a little bone the size of a bean
out of a pill-box. "So far as I am a judge this
human bone is the analogue of the one
which you hold in your hand. That will give
you some idea of the size of the creature.
You will observe from the cartilage that this
is no fossil specimen, but recent. What do
you say to that?"

"Surely in an elephant----"

He winced as if in pain.

"Don't! Don't talk of elephants in South
America. Even in these days of Board
schools----"

"Well, I interrupted, "any large South
American animal--a tapir, for example."

"You may take it, young man, that I am
versed in the elements of my business. This
is not a conceivable bone either of a tapir or
of any other creature known to zoology. It
belongs to a very large, a very strong, and,
by all analogy, a very fierce animal which
exists upon the face of the earth, but has not
yet come under the notice of science. You

are still unconvinced?"

"I am at least deeply interested."

"Then your case is not hopeless. I feel that
there is reason lurking in you somewhere,
so we will patiently grope round for it. We will
now leave the dead American and proceed
with my narrative. You can imagine that I
could hardly come away from the Amazon
without probing deeper into the matter.
There were indications as to the direction
from which the dead traveler had come.
Indian legends would alone have been my
guide, for I found that rumors of a strange
land were common among all the riverine
tribes. You have heard, no doubt, of
Curupuri?"

"Never."

"Curupuri is the spirit of the woods,
something terrible, something malevolent,
something to be avoided. None can
describe its shape or nature, but it is a word
of terror along the Amazon. Now all tribes
agree as to the direction in which Curupuri
lives. It was the same direction from which
the American had come. Something terrible
lay that way. It was my business to find out
what it was."

"What did you do?" My flippancy was all
gone. This massive man compelled one's
attention and respect.

"I overcame the extreme reluctance of the
natives--a reluctance which extends even
to talk upon the subject--and by judicious
persuasion and gifts, aided, I will admit, by
some threats of coercion, I got two of them
to act as guides. After many adventures
which I need not describe, and after
traveling a distance which I will not mention,
in a direction which I withhold, we came at
last to a tract of country which has never

-20-

been described, nor, indeed, visited save
by my unfortunate predecessor. Would you
kindly look at this?"

He handed me a photograph--half-plate
size.

"The unsatisfactory appearance of it is due
to the fact," said he, "that on descending the
river the boat was upset and the case which
contained the undeveloped films was
broken, with disastrous results. Nearly all of
them were totally ruined--an irreparable
loss. This is one of the few which partially
escaped. This explanation of deficiencies
or abnormalities you will kindly accept.
There was talk of faking. I am not in a mood
to argue such a point."

The photograph was certainly very off-
colored. An unkind critic might easily have
misinterpreted that dim surface. It was a dull
gray landscape, and as I gradually
deciphered the details of it I realized that it
represented a long and enormously high
line of cliffs exactly like an immense
cataract seen in the distance, with a
sloping, tree-clad plain in the foreground.

"I believe it is the same place as the painted
picture," said I.

"It is the same place," the Professor
answered. "I found traces of the fellow's
camp. Now look at this."

It was a nearer view of the same scene,
though the photograph was extremely
defective. I could distinctly see the isolated,
tree-crowned pinnacle of rock which was
detached from the crag.

"I have no doubt of it at all," said I.

"Well, that is something gained," said he.
"We progress, do we not? Now, will you

please look at the top of that rocky
pinnacle? Do you observe something
there?"

"An enormous tree."

"But on the tree?"

"A large bird," said I.

He handed me a lens.

"Yes," I said, peering through it, "a large bird
stands on the tree. It appears to have a
considerable beak. I should say it was a
pelican."

"I cannot congratulate you upon your
eyesight," said the Professor. "It is not a
pelican, nor, indeed, is it a bird. It may
interest you to know that I succeeded in
shooting that particular specimen. It was the
only absolute proof of my experiences
which I was able to bring away with me."

"You have it, then?" Here at last was
tangible corroboration.

"I had it. It was unfortunately lost with so
much else in the same boat accident which
ruined my photographs. I clutched at it as it
disappeared in the swirl of the rapids, and
part of its wing was left in my hand. I was
insensible when washed ashore, but the
miserable remnant of my superb specimen
was still intact; I now lay it before you."

From a drawer he produced what seemed
to me to be the upper portion of the wing of
a large bat. It was at least two feet in length,
a curved bone, with a membranous veil
beneath it.

"A monstrous bat!" I suggested.

"Nothing of the sort," said the Professor,

-21-

severely. "Living, as I do, in an educated
and scientific atmosphere, I could not have
conceived that the first principles of zoology
were so little known. Is it possible that you
do not know the elementary fact in
comparative anatomy, that the wing of a
bird is really the forearm, while the wing of a
bat consists of three elongated fingers with
membranes between? Now, in this case,
the bone is certainly not the forearm, and
you can see for yourself that this is a single
membrane hanging upon a single bone,
and therefore that it cannot belong to a bat.
But if it is neither bird nor bat, what is it?"

My small stock of knowledge was
exhausted.

"I really do not know," said I.

He opened the standard work to which he
had already referred me.

"Here," said he, pointing to the picture of an
extraordinary flying monster, "is an excellent
reproduction of the dimorphodon, or
pterodactyl, a flying reptile of the Jurassic
period. On the next page is a diagram of the
mechanism of its wing. Kindly compare it
with the specimen in your hand."

A wave of amazement passed over me as I
looked. I was convinced. There could be no
getting away from it. The cumulative proof
was overwhelming. The sketch, the
photographs, the narrative, and now the
actual specimen--the evidence was
complete. I said so--I said so warmly, for I
felt that the Professor was an ill-used man.
He leaned back in his chair with drooping
eyelids and a tolerant smile, basking in this
sudden gleam of sunshine.

"It's just the very biggest thing that I ever
heard of!" said I, though it was my
journalistic rather than my scientific

enthusiasm that was roused. "It is colossal.
You are a Columbus of science who has
discovered a lost world. I'm awfully sorry if I
seemed to doubt you. It was all so
unthinkable. But I understand evidence
when I see it, and this should be good
enough for anyone."

The Professor purred with satisfaction.

"And then, sir, what did you do next?"

"It was the wet season, Mr. Malone, and my
stores were exhausted. I explored some
portion of this huge cliff, but I was unable to
find any way to scale it. The pyramidal rock
upon which I saw and shot the pterodactyl
was more accessible. Being something of
a cragsman, I did manage to get half way to
the top of that. From that height I had a
better idea of the plateau upon the top of the
crags. It appeared to be very large; neither
to east nor to west could I see any end to the
vista of green-capped cliffs. Below, it is a
swampy, jungly region, full of snakes,
insects, and fever. It is a natural protection
to this singular country."

"Did you see any other trace of life?"

"No, sir, I did not; but during the week that
we lay encamped at the base of the cliff we
heard some very strange noises from
above."

"But the creature that the American drew?
How do you account for that?"

"We can only suppose that he must have
made his way to the summit and seen it
there. We know, therefore, that there is a
way up. We know equally that it must be a
very difficult one, otherwise the creatures
would have come down and overrun the
surrounding country. Surely that is clear?"

-22-

"But how did they come to be there?"

"I do not think that the problem is a very
obscure one," said the Professor; "there
can only be one explanation. South America
is, as you may have heard, a granite
continent. At this single point in the interior
there has been, in some far distant age, a
great, sudden volcanic upheaval. These
cliffs, I may remark, are basaltic, and
therefore plutonic. An area, as large
perhaps as Sussex, has been lifted up en
bloc with all its living contents, and cut off by
perpendicular precipices of a hardness
which defies erosion from all the rest of the
continent. What is the result? Why, the
ordinary laws of Nature are suspended. The
various checks which influence the struggle
for existence in the world at large are all
neutralized or altered. Creatures survive
which would otherwise disappear. You will
observe that both the pterodactyl and the
stegosaurus are Jurassic, and therefore of
a great age in the order of life. They have
been artificially conserved by those strange
accidental conditions."

"But surely your evidence is conclusive. You
have only to lay it before the proper
authorities."

"So in my simplicity, I had imagined," said
the Professor, bitterly. "I can only tell you that
it was not so, that I was met at every turn by
incredulity, born partly of stupidity and partly
of jealousy. It is not my nature, sir, to cringe
to any man, or to seek to prove a fact if my
word has been doubted. After the first I have
not condescended to show such
corroborative proofs as I possess. The
subject became hateful to me--I would not
speak of it. When men like yourself, who
represent the foolish curiosity of the public,
came to disturb my privacy I was unable to
meet them with dignified reserve. By nature
I am, I admit, somewhat fiery, and under

provocation I am inclined to be violent. I fear
you may have remarked it."

I nursed my eye and was silent.

"My wife has frequently remonstrated with
me upon the subject, and yet I fancy that any
man of honor would feel the same. To-
night, however, I propose to give an
extreme example of the control of the will
over the emotions. I invite you to be present
at the exhibition." He handed me a card
from his desk. "You will perceive that Mr.
Percival Waldron, a naturalist of some
popular repute, is announced to lecture at
eight-thirty at the Zoological Institute's Hall
upon `The Record of the Ages.' I have been
specially invited to be present upon the
platform, and to move a vote of thanks to the
lecturer. While doing so, I shall make it my
business, with infinite tact and delicacy, to
throw out a few remarks which may arouse
the interest of the audience and cause
some of them to desire to go more deeply
into the matter. Nothing contentious, you
understand, but only an indication that there
are greater deeps beyond. I shall hold
myself strongly in leash, and see whether by
this self-restraint I attain a more favorable
result."

"And I may come?" I asked eagerly.

"Why, surely," he answered, cordially. He
had an enormously massive genial manner,
which was almost as overpowering as his
violence. His smile of benevolence was a
wonderful thing, when his cheeks would
suddenly bunch into two red apples,
between his half-closed eyes and his great
black beard. "By all means, come. It will be
a comfort to me to know that I have one ally
in the hall, however inefficient and ignorant
of the subject he may be. I fancy there will
be a large audience, for Waldron, though an
absolute charlatan, has a considerable

-23-

popular following. Now, Mr. Malone, I have
given you rather more of my time than I had
intended. The individual must not
monopolize what is meant for the world. I
shall be pleased to see you at the lecture to-
night. In the meantime, you will understand
that no public use is to be made of any of the
material that I have given you."

"But Mr. McArdle--my news editor, you
know--will want to know what I have done."

"Tell him what you like. You can say, among
other things, that if he sends anyone else to
intrude upon me I shall call upon him with a
riding-whip. But I leave it to you that nothing
of all this appears in print. Very good. Then
the Zoological Institute's Hall at eight-thirty
to-night." I had a last impression of red
cheeks, blue rippling beard, and intolerant
eyes, as he waved me out of the room.

Chapter 5 Question!

What with the physical shocks incidental to
my first interview with Professor Challenger
and the mental ones which accompanied
the second, I was a somewhat demoralized
journalist by the time I found myself in
Enmore Park once more. In my aching head
the one thought was throbbing that there
really was truth in this man's story, that it
was of tremendous consequence, and that
it would work up into inconceivable copy for
the Gazette when I could obtain permission
to use it. A taxicab was waiting at the end of
the road, so I sprang into it and drove down
to the office. McArdle was at his post as
usual.

"Well," he cried, expectantly, "what may it run
to? I'm thinking, young man, you have been
in the wars. Don't tell me that he assaulted
you."

"We had a little difference at first."

"What a man it is! What did you do?"

"Well, he became more reasonable and we
had a chat. But I got nothing out of him--
nothing for publication."

"I'm not so sure about that. You got a black
eye out of him, and that's for publication. We
can't have this reign of terror, Mr. Malone.
We must bring the man to his bearings. I'll
have a leaderette on him to-morrow that will
raise a blister. Just give me the material and
I will engage to brand the fellow for ever.
Professor Munchausen--how's that for an
inset headline? Sir John Mandeville
redivivus--Cagliostro--all the imposters
and bullies in history. I'll show him up for the
fraud he is."

"I wouldn't do that, sir."

"Why not?"

"Because he is not a fraud at all."

"What!" roared McArdle. "You don't mean to
say you really believe this stuff of his about
mammoths and mastodons and great sea
sairpents?"

"Well, I don't know about that. I don't think he
makes any claims of that kind. But I do
believe he has got something new."

"Then for Heaven's sake, man, write it up!"

"I'm longing to, but all I know he gave me in
confidence and on condition that I didn't." I
condensed into a few sentences the
Professor's narrative. "That's how it
stands."

McArdle looked deeply incredulous.

"Well, Mr. Malone," he said at last, "about
this scientific meeting to-night; there can be

-24-

no privacy about that, anyhow. I don't
suppose any paper will want to report it, for
Waldron has been reported already a dozen
times, and no one is aware that Challenger
will speak. We may get a scoop, if we are
lucky. You'll be there in any case, so you'll
just give us a pretty full report. I'll keep
space up to midnight."

My day was a busy one, and I had an early
dinner at the Savage Club with Tarp Henry,
to whom I gave some account of my
adventures. He listened with a sceptical
smile on his gaunt face, and roared with
laughter on hearing that the Professor had
convinced me.

"My dear chap, things don't happen like that
in real life. People don't stumble upon
enormous discoveries and then lose their
evidence. Leave that to the novelists. The
fellow is as full of tricks as the monkey-
house at the Zoo. It's all bosh."

"But the American poet?"

"He never existed."

"I saw his sketch-book."

"Challenger's sketch-book."

"You think he drew that animal?"

"Of course he did. Who else?"

"Well, then, the photographs?"

"There was nothing in the photographs. By
your own admission you only saw a bird."

"A pterodactyl."

"That's what HE says. He put the
pterodactyl into your head."

"Well, then, the bones?"

"First one out of an Irish stew. Second one
vamped up for the occasion. If you are
clever and know your business you can fake
a bone as easily as you can a photograph."

I began to feel uneasy. Perhaps, after all, I
had been premature in my acquiescence.
Then I had a sudden happy thought.

"Will you come to the meeting?" I asked.

Tarp Henry looked thoughtful.

"He is not a popular person, the genial
Challenger," said he. "A lot of people have
accounts to settle with him. I should say he is
about the best-hated man in London. If the
medical students turn out there will be no
end of a rag. I don't want to get into a bear-
garden."

"You might at least do him the justice to hear
him state his own case."

"Well, perhaps it's only fair. All right. I'm your
man for the evening."

When we arrived at the hall we found a much
greater concourse than I had expected. A
line of electric broughams discharged their
little cargoes of white-bearded professors,
while the dark stream of humbler
pedestrians, who crowded through the
arched door-way, showed that the
audience would be popular as well as
scientific. Indeed, it became evident to us
as soon as we had taken our seats that a
youthful and even boyish spirit was abroad
in the gallery and the back portions of the
hall. Looking behind me, I could see rows of
faces of the familiar medical student type.
Apparently the great hospitals had each
sent down their contingent. The behavior of
the audience at present was good-

-25-

humored, but mischievous. Scraps of
popular songs were chorused with an
enthusiasm which was a strange prelude to
a scientific lecture, and there was already a
tendency to personal chaff which promised
a jovial evening to others, however
embarrassing it might be to the recipients of
these dubious honors.

Thus, when old Doctor Meldrum, with his
well-known curly-brimmed opera-hat,
appeared upon the platform, there was
such a universal query of "Where DID you
get that tile?" that he hurriedly removed it,
and concealed it furtively under his chair.
When gouty Professor Wadley limped down
to his seat there were general affectionate
inquiries from all parts of the hall as to the
exact state of his poor toe, which caused
him obvious embarrassment. The greatest
demonstration of all, however, was at the
entrance of my new acquaintance,
Professor Challenger, when he passed
down to take his place at the extreme end of
the front row of the platform. Such a yell of
welcome broke forth when his black beard
first protruded round the corner that I began
to suspect Tarp Henry was right in his
surmise, and that this assemblage was
there not merely for the sake of the lecture,
but because it had got rumored abroad that
the famous Professor would take part in the
proceedings.

There was some sympathetic laughter on
his entrance among the front benches of
well-dressed spectators, as though the
demonstration of the students in this
instance was not unwelcome to them. That
greeting was, indeed, a frightful outburst of
sound, the uproar of the carnivora cage
when the step of the bucket-bearing keeper
is heard in the distance. There was an
offensive tone in it, perhaps, and yet in the
main it struck me as mere riotous outcry, the
noisy reception of one who amused and

interested them, rather than of one they
disliked or despised. Challenger smiled
with weary and tolerant contempt, as a
kindly man would meet the yapping of a litter
of puppies. He sat slowly down, blew out
his chest, passed his hand caressingly
down his beard, and looked with drooping
eyelids and supercilious eyes at the
crowded hall before him. The uproar of his
advent had not yet died away when
Professor Ronald Murray, the chairman,
and Mr. Waldron, the lecturer, threaded their
way to the front, and the proceedings
began.

Professor Murray will, I am sure, excuse me
if I say that he has the common fault of most
Englishmen of being inaudible. Why on earth
people who have something to say which is
worth hearing should not take the slight
trouble to learn how to make it heard is one
of the strange mysteries of modern life.
Their methods are as reasonable as to try to
pour some precious stuff from the spring to
the reservoir through a non-conducting
pipe, which could by the least effort be
opened. Professor Murray made several
profound remarks to his white tie and to the
water-carafe upon the table, with a
humorous, twinkling aside to the silver
candlestick upon his right. Then he sat
down, and Mr. Waldron, the famous popular
lecturer, rose amid a general murmur of
applause. He was a stern, gaunt man, with
a harsh voice, and an aggressive manner,
but he had the merit of knowing how to
assimilate the ideas of other men, and to
pass them on in a way which was intelligible
and even interesting to the lay public, with a
happy knack of being funny about the most
unlikely objects, so that the precession of
the Equinox or the formation of a vertebrate
became a highly humorous process as
treated by him.

It was a bird's-eye view of creation, as

-26-

interpreted by science, which, in language
always clear and sometimes picturesque,
he unfolded before us. He told us of the
globe, a huge mass of flaming gas, flaring
through the heavens. Then he pictured the
solidification, the cooling, the wrinkling
which formed the mountains, the steam
which turned to water, the slow preparation
of the stage upon which was to be played
the inexplicable drama of life. On the origin
of life itself he was discreetly vague. That
the germs of it could hardly have survived
the original roasting was, he declared, fairly
certain. Therefore it had come later. Had it
built itself out of the cooling, inorganic
elements of the globe? Very likely. Had the
germs of it arrived from outside upon a
meteor? It was hardly conceivable. On the
whole, the wisest man was the least
dogmatic upon the point. We could not--or
at least we had not succeeded up to date in
making organic life in our laboratories out of
inorganic materials. The gulf between the
dead and the living was something which
our chemistry could not as yet bridge. But
there was a higher and subtler chemistry of
Nature, which, working with great forces
over long epochs, might well produce
results which were impossible for us. There
the matter must be left.

This brought the lecturer to the great ladder
of animal life, beginning low down in
molluscs and feeble sea creatures, then up
rung by rung through reptiles and fishes, till
at last we came to a kangaroo-rat, a
creature which brought forth its young alive,
the direct ancestor of all mammals, and
presumably, therefore, of everyone in the
audience. ("No, no," from a sceptical
student in the back row.) If the young
gentleman in the red tie who cried "No, no,"
and who presumably claimed to have been
hatched out of an egg, would wait upon him
after the lecture, he would be glad to see
such a curiosity. (Laughter.) It was strange

to think that the climax of all the age-long
process of Nature had been the creation of
that gentleman in the red tie. But had the
process stopped? Was this gentleman to be
taken as the final type--the be-all and end-
all of development? He hoped that he would
not hurt the feelings of the gentleman in the
red tie if he maintained that, whatever
virtues that gentleman might possess in
private life, still the vast processes of the
universe were not fully justified if they were
to end entirely in his production. Evolution
was not a spent force, but one still working,
and even greater achievements were in
store.

Having thus, amid a general titter, played
very prettily with his interrupter, the lecturer
went back to his picture of the past, the
drying of the seas, the emergence of the
sand-bank, the sluggish, viscous life which
lay upon their margins, the overcrowded
lagoons, the tendency of the sea creatures
to take refuge upon the mud-flats, the
abundance of food awaiting them, their
consequent enormous growth. "Hence,
ladies and gentlemen," he added, "that
frightful brood of saurians which still affright
our eyes when seen in the Wealden or in the
Solenhofen slates, but which were
fortunately extinct long before the first
appearance of mankind upon this planet."

"Question!" boomed a voice from the
platform.

Mr. Waldron was a strict disciplinarian with a
gift of acid humor, as exemplified upon the
gentleman with the red tie, which made it
perilous to interrupt him. But this interjection
appeared to him so absurd that he was at a
loss how to deal with it. So looks the
Shakespearean who is confronted by a
rancid Baconian, or the astronomer who is
assailed by a flat earth fanatic. He paused
for a moment, and then, raising his voice,

-27-

repeated slowly the words: "Which were
extinct before the coming of man."

"Question!" boomed the voice once more.

Waldron looked with amazement along the
line of professors upon the platform until his
eyes fell upon the figure of Challenger, who
leaned back in his chair with closed eyes
and an amused expression, as if he were
smiling in his sleep.

"I see!" said Waldron, with a shrug. "It is my
friend Professor Challenger," and amid
laughter he renewed his lecture as if this
was a final explanation and no more need
be said.

But the incident was far from being closed.
Whatever path the lecturer took amid the
wilds of the past seemed invariably to lead
him to some assertion as to extinct or
prehistoric life which instantly brought the
same bulls' bellow from the Professor. The
audience began to anticipate it and to roar
with delight when it came. The packed
benches of students joined in, and every
time Challenger's beard opened, before
any sound could come forth, there was a yell
of "Question!" from a hundred voices, and
an answering counter cry of "Order!" and
"Shame!" from as many more. Waldron,
though a hardened lecturer and a strong
man, became rattled. He hesitated,
stammered, repeated himself, got snarled
in a long sentence, and finally turned
furiously upon the cause of his troubles.

"This is really intolerable!" he cried, glaring
across the platform. "I must ask you,
Professor Challenger, to cease these
ignorant and unmannerly interruptions."

There was a hush over the hall, the students
rigid with delight at seeing the high gods on
Olympus quarrelling among themselves.

Challenger levered his bulky figure slowly
out of his chair.

"I must in turn ask you, Mr. Waldron," he said,
"to cease to make assertions which are not
in strict accordance with scientific fact."

The words unloosed a tempest. "Shame!
Shame!" "Give him a hearing!" "Put him
out!" "Shove him off the platform!" "Fair
play!" emerged from a general roar of
amusement or execration. The chairman
was on his feet flapping both his hands and
bleating excitedly. "Professor Challenger--
personal--views later," were the solid
peaks above his clouds of inaudible mutter.
The interrupter bowed, smiled, stroked his
beard, and relapsed into his chair. Waldron,
very flushed and warlike, continued his
observations. Now and then, as he made an
assertion, he shot a venomous glance at his
opponent, who seemed to be slumbering
deeply, with the same broad, happy smile
upon his face.

At last the lecture came to an end--I am
inclined to think that it was a premature one,
as the peroration was hurried and
disconnected. The thread of the argument
had been rudely broken, and the audience
was restless and expectant. Waldron sat
down, and, after a chirrup from the
chairman, Professor Challenger rose and
advanced to the edge of the platform. In the
interests of my paper I took down his
speech verbatim.

"Ladies and Gentlemen," he began, amid a
sustained interruption from the back. "I beg
pardon--Ladies, Gentlemen, and Children-
-I must apologize, I had inadvertently
omitted a considerable section of this
audience" (tumult, during which the
Professor stood with one hand raised and
his enormous head nodding
sympathetically, as if he were bestowing a

-28-

pontifical blessing upon the crowd), "I have
been selected to move a vote of thanks to
Mr. Waldron for the very picturesque and
imaginative address to which we have just
listened. There are points in it with which I
disagree, and it has been my duty to
indicate them as they arose, but, none the
less, Mr. Waldron has accomplished his
object well, that object being to give a
simple and interesting account of what he
conceives to have been the history of our
planet. Popular lectures are the easiest to
listen to, but Mr. Waldron" (here he beamed
and blinked at the lecturer) "will excuse me
when I say that they are necessarily both
superficial and misleading, since they have
to be graded to the comprehension of an
ignorant audience." (Ironical cheering.)
"Popular lecturers are in their nature
parasitic." (Angry gesture of protest from
Mr. Waldron.) "They exploit for fame or cash
the work which has been done by their
indigent and unknown brethren. One
smallest new fact obtained in the
laboratory, one brick built into the temple of
science, far outweighs any second-hand
exposition which passes an idle hour, but
can leave no useful result behind it. I put
forward this obvious reflection, not out of
any desire to disparage Mr. Waldron in
particular, but that you may not lose your
sense of proportion and mistake the acolyte
for the high priest." (At this point Mr. Waldron
whispered to the chairman, who half rose
and said something severely to his water-
carafe.) "But enough of this!" (Loud and
prolonged cheers.) "Let me pass to some
subject of wider interest. What is the
particular point upon which I, as an original
investigator, have challenged our lecturer's
accuracy? It is upon the permanence of
certain types of animal life upon the earth. I
do not speak upon this subject as an
amateur, nor, I may add, as a popular
lecturer, but I speak as one whose scientific
conscience compels him to adhere closely

to facts, when I say that Mr. Waldron is very
wrong in supposing that because he has
never himself seen a so-called prehistoric
animal, therefore these creatures no longer
exist. They are indeed, as he has said, our
ancestors, but they are, if I may use the
expression, our contemporary ancestors,
who can still be found with all their hideous
and formidable characteristics if one has
but the energy and hardihood to seek their
haunts. Creatures which were supposed to
be Jurassic, monsters who would hunt
down and devour our largest and fiercest
mammals, still exist." (Cries of "Bosh!"
"Prove it!" "How do YOU know?"
"Question!") "How do I know, you ask me? I
know because I have visited their secret
haunts. I know because I have seen some of
them." (Applause, uproar, and a voice,
"Liar!") "Am I a liar?" (General hearty and
noisy assent.) "Did I hear someone say that I
was a liar? Will the person who called me a
liar kindly stand up that I may know him?" (A
voice, "Here he is, sir!" and an inoffensive
little person in spectacles, struggling
violently, was held up among a group of
students.) "Did you venture to call me a liar?"
("No, sir, no!" shouted the accused, and
disappeared like a jack-in-the-box.) "If any
person in this hall dares to doubt my
veracity, I shall be glad to have a few words
with him after the lecture." ("Liar!") "Who said
that?" (Again the inoffensive one plunging
desperately, was elevated high into the air.)
"If I come down among you----" (General
chorus of "Come, love, come!" which
interrupted the proceedings for some
moments, while the chairman, standing up
and waving both his arms, seemed to be
conducting the music. The Professor, with
his face flushed, his nostrils dilated, and his
beard bristling, was now in a proper
Berserk mood.) "Every great discoverer has
been met with the same incredulity--the
sure brand of a generation of fools. When
great facts are laid before you, you have not

-29-

the intuition, the imagination which would
help you to understand them. You can only
throw mud at the men who have risked their
lives to open new fields to science. You
persecute the prophets! Galileo! Darwin,
and I----" (Prolonged cheering and
complete interruption.)

All this is from my hurried notes taken at the
time, which give little notion of the absolute
chaos to which the assembly had by this
time been reduced. So terrific was the
uproar that several ladies had already
beaten a hurried retreat. Grave and
reverend seniors seemed to have caught
the prevailing spirit as badly as the
students, and I saw white-bearded men
rising and shaking their fists at the obdurate
Professor. The whole great audience
seethed and simmered like a boiling pot.
The Professor took a step forward and
raised both his hands. There was
something so big and arresting and virile in
the man that the clatter and shouting died
gradually away before his commanding
gesture and his masterful eyes. He seemed
to have a definite message. They hushed to
hear it.

"I will not detain you," he said. "It is not worth
it. Truth is truth, and the noise of a number of
foolish young men--and, I fear I must add,
of their equally foolish seniors--cannot
affect the matter. I claim that I have opened
a new field of science. You dispute it."
(Cheers.) "Then I put you to the test. Will you
accredit one or more of your own number to
go out as your representatives and test my
statement in your name?"

Mr. Summerlee, the veteran Professor of
Comparative Anatomy, rose among the
audience, a tall, thin, bitter man, with the
withered aspect of a theologian. He
wished, he said, to ask Professor
Challenger whether the results to which he

had alluded in his remarks had been
obtained during a journey to the
headwaters of the Amazon made by him
two years before.

Professor Challenger answered that they
had.

Mr. Summerlee desired to know how it was
that Professor Challenger claimed to have
made discoveries in those regions which
had been overlooked by Wallace, Bates,
and other previous explorers of established
scientific repute.

Professor Challenger answered that Mr.
Summerlee appeared to be confusing the
Amazon with the Thames; that it was in
reality a somewhat larger river; that Mr.
Summerlee might be interested to know
that with the Orinoco, which communicated
with it, some fifty thousand miles of country
were opened up, and that in so vast a space
it was not impossible for one person to find
what another had missed.

Mr. Summerlee declared, with an acid
smile, that he fully appreciated the
difference between the Thames and the
Amazon, which lay in the fact that any
assertion about the former could be tested,
while about the latter it could not. He would
be obliged if Professor Challenger would
give the latitude and the longitude of the
country in which prehistoric animals were to
be found.

Professor Challenger replied that he
reserved such information for good reasons
of his own, but would be prepared to give it
with proper precautions to a committee
chosen from the audience. Would Mr.
Summerlee serve on such a committee and
test his story in person?

Mr. Summerlee: "Yes, I will." (Great

-30-

cheering.)

Professor Challenger: "Then I guarantee
that I will place in your hands such material
as will enable you to find your way. It is only
right, however, since Mr. Summerlee goes
to check my statement that I should have
one or more with him who may check his. I
will not disguise from you that there are
difficulties and dangers. Mr. Summerlee will
need a younger colleague. May I ask for
volunteers?"

It is thus that the great crisis of a man's life
springs out at him. Could I have imagined
when I entered that hall that I was about to
pledge myself to a wilder adventure than
had ever come to me in my dreams? But
Gladys--was it not the very opportunity of
which she spoke? Gladys would have told
me to go. I had sprung to my feet. I was
speaking, and yet I had prepared no words.
Tarp Henry, my companion, was plucking at
my skirts and I heard him whispering, "Sit
down, Malone! Don't make a public ass of
yourself." At the same time I was aware that
a tall, thin man, with dark gingery hair, a few
seats in front of me, was also upon his feet.
He glared back at me with hard angry eyes,
but I refused to give way.

"I will go, Mr. Chairman," I kept repeating
over and over again.

"Name! Name!" cried the audience.

"My name is Edward Dunn Malone. I am the
reporter of the Daily Gazette. I claim to be
an absolutely unprejudiced witness."

"What is YOUR name, sir?" the chairman
asked of my tall rival.

"I am Lord John Roxton. I have already been
up the Amazon, I know all the ground, and
have special qualifications for this

investigation."

"Lord John Roxton's reputation as a
sportsman and a traveler is, of course,
world-famous," said the chairman; "at the
same time it would certainly be as well to
have a member of the Press upon such an
expedition."

"Then I move," said Professor Challenger,
"that both these gentlemen be elected, as
representatives of this meeting, to
accompany Professor Summerlee upon his
journey to investigate and to report upon the
truth of my statements."

And so, amid shouting and cheering, our
fate was decided, and I found myself borne
away in the human current which swirled
towards the door, with my mind half stunned
by the vast new project which had risen so
suddenly before it. As I emerged from the
hall I was conscious for a moment of a rush
of laughing students--down the pavement,
and of an arm wielding a heavy umbrella,
which rose and fell in the midst of them.
Then, amid a mixture of groans and cheers,
Professor Challenger's electric brougham
slid from the curb, and I found myself
walking under the silvery lights of Regent
Street, full of thoughts of Gladys and of
wonder as to my future.

Suddenly there was a touch at my elbow. I
turned, and found myself looking into the
humorous, masterful eyes of the tall, thin
man who had volunteered to be my
companion on this strange quest.

"Mr. Malone, I understand," said he. "We are
to be companions--what? My rooms are
just over the road, in the Albany. Perhaps
you would have the kindness to spare me
half an hour, for there are one or two things
that I badly want to say to you."

-31-

Chapter 6 I Was The Flail Of The Lord

Lord John Roxton and I turned down Vigo
Street together and through the dingy
portals of the famous aristocratic rookery.
At the end of a long drab passage my new
acquaintance pushed open a door and
turned on an electric switch. A number of
lamps shining through tinted shades bathed
the whole great room before us in a ruddy
radiance. Standing in the doorway and
glancing round me, I had a general
impression of extraordinary comfort and
elegance combined with an atmosphere of
masculine virility. Everywhere there were
mingled the luxury of the wealthy man of
taste and the careless untidiness of the
bachelor. Rich furs and strange iridescent
mats from some Oriental bazaar were
scattered upon the floor. Pictures and prints
which even my unpractised eyes could
recognize as being of great price and rarity
hung thick upon the walls. Sketches of
boxers, of ballet-girls, and of racehorses
alternated with a sensuous Fragonard, a
martial Girardet, and a dreamy Turner. But
amid these varied ornaments there were
scattered the trophies which brought back
strongly to my recollection the fact that Lord
John Roxton was one of the great all-round
sportsmen and athletes of his day. A dark-
blue oar crossed with a cherry-pink one
above his mantel-piece spoke of the old
Oxonian and Leander man, while the foils
and boxing-gloves above and below them
were the tools of a man who had won
supremacy with each. Like a dado round
the room was the jutting line of splendid
heavy game-heads, the best of their sort
from every quarter of the world, with the rare
white rhinoceros of the Lado Enclave
drooping its supercilious lip above them all.

In the center of the rich red carpet was a
black and gold Louis Quinze table, a lovely
antique, now sacrilegiously desecrated

with marks of glasses and the scars of
cigar-stumps. On it stood a silver tray of
smokables and a burnished spirit-stand,
from which and an adjacent siphon my
silent host proceeded to charge two high
glasses. Having indicated an arm-chair to
me and placed my refreshment near it, he
handed me a long, smooth Havana. Then,
seating himself opposite to me, he looked
at me long and fixedly with his strange,
twinkling, reckless eyes--eyes of a cold
light blue, the color of a glacier lake.

Through the thin haze of my cigar-smoke I
noted the details of a face which was
already familiar to me from many
photographs--the strongly-curved nose,
the hollow, worn cheeks, the dark, ruddy
hair, thin at the top, the crisp, virile
moustaches, the small, aggressive tuft
upon his projecting chin. Something there
was of Napoleon III., something of Don
Quixote, and yet again something which
was the essence of the English country
gentleman, the keen, alert, open-air lover
of dogs and of horses. His skin was of a
rich flower-pot red from sun and wind. His
eyebrows were tufted and overhanging,
which gave those naturally cold eyes an
almost ferocious aspect, an impression
which was increased by his strong and
furrowed brow. In figure he was spare, but
very strongly built--indeed, he had often
proved that there were few men in England
capable of such sustained exertions. His
height was a little over six feet, but he
seemed shorter on account of a peculiar
rounding of the shoulders. Such was the
famous Lord John Roxton as he sat
opposite to me, biting hard upon his cigar
and watching me steadily in a long and
embarrassing silence.

"Well," said he, at last, "we've gone and
done it, young fellah my lad." (This curious
phrase he pronounced as if it were all one

-32-

word--"young-fellah-me-lad.") "Yes,
we've taken a jump, you an' me. I suppose,
now, when you went into that room there
was no such notion in your head--what?"

"No thought of it."

"The same here. No thought of it. And here
we are, up to our necks in the tureen. Why,
I've only been back three weeks from
Uganda, and taken a place in Scotland, and
signed the lease and all. Pretty goin's on--
what? How does it hit you?"

"Well, it is all in the main line of my business.
I am a journalist on the Gazette."

"Of course--you said so when you took it
on. By the way, I've got a small job for you,
if you'll help me."

"With pleasure."

"Don't mind takin' a risk, do you?"

"What is the risk?"

"Well, it's Ballinger--he's the risk. You've
heard of him?"

"No."

"Why, young fellah, where HAVE you lived?
Sir John Ballinger is the best gentleman
jock in the north country. I could hold him on
the flat at my best, but over jumps he's my
master. Well, it's an open secret that when
he's out of trainin' he drinks hard--strikin'
an average, he calls it. He got delirium on
Toosday, and has been ragin' like a devil
ever since. His room is above this. The
doctors say that it is all up with the old dear
unless some food is got into him, but as he
lies in bed with a revolver on his coverlet,
and swears he will put six of the best
through anyone that comes near him,

there's been a bit of a strike among the
serving-men. He's a hard nail, is Jack, and
a dead shot, too, but you can't leave a
Grand National winner to die like that--
what?"

"What do you mean to do, then?" I asked.

"Well, my idea was that you and I could rush
him. He may be dozin', and at the worst he
can only wing one of us, and the other
should have him. If we can get his bolster-
cover round his arms and then 'phone up a
stomach-pump, we'll give the old dear the
supper of his life."

It was a rather desperate business to come
suddenly into one's day's work. I don't think
that I am a particularly brave man. I have an
Irish imagination which makes the unknown
and the untried more terrible than they are.
On the other hand, I was brought up with a
horror of cowardice and with a terror of
such a stigma. I dare say that I could throw
myself over a precipice, like the Hun in the
history books, if my courage to do it were
questioned, and yet it would surely be pride
and fear, rather than courage, which would
be my inspiration. Therefore, although every
nerve in my body shrank from the whisky-
maddened figure which I pictured in the
room above, I still answered, in as careless
a voice as I could command, that I was
ready to go. Some further remark of Lord
Roxton's about the danger only made me
irritable.

"Talking won't make it any better," said I.
"Come on."

I rose from my chair and he from his. Then
with a little confidential chuckle of laughter,
he patted me two or three times on the
chest, finally pushing me back into my chair.

"All right, sonny my lad--you'll do," said he. I

-33-

looked up in surprise.

"I saw after Jack Ballinger myself this
mornin'. He blew a hole in the skirt of my
kimono, bless his shaky old hand, but we
got a jacket on him, and he's to be all right
in a week. I say, young fellah, I hope you
don't mind--what? You see, between you
an' me close-tiled, I look on this South
American business as a mighty serious
thing, and if I have a pal with me I want a
man I can bank on. So I sized you down, and
I'm bound to say that you came well out of it.
You see, it's all up to you and me, for this old
Summerlee man will want dry-nursin' from
the first. By the way, are you by any chance
the Malone who is expected to get his
Rugby cap for Ireland?"

"A reserve, perhaps."

"I thought I remembered your face. Why, I
was there when you got that try against
Richmond--as fine a swervin' run as I saw
the whole season. I never miss a Rugby
match if I can help it, for it is the manliest
game we have left. Well, I didn't ask you in
here just to talk sport. We've got to fix our
business. Here are the sailin's, on the first
page of the Times. There's a Booth boat for
Para next Wednesday week, and if the
Professor and you can work it, I think we
should take it--what? Very good, I'll fix it
with him. What about your outfit?"

"My paper will see to that."

"Can you shoot?"

"About average Territorial standard."

"Good Lord! as bad as that? It's the last
thing you young fellahs think of learnin'.
You're all bees without stings, so far as
lookin' after the hive goes. You'll look silly,
some o' these days, when someone comes

along an' sneaks the honey. But you'll need
to hold your gun straight in South America,
for, unless our friend the Professor is a
madman or a liar, we may see some queer
things before we get back. What gun have
you?"

He crossed to an oaken cupboard, and as
he threw it open I caught a glimpse of
glistening rows of parallel barrels, like the
pipes of an organ.

"I'll see what I can spare you out of my own
battery," said he.

One by one he took out a succession of
beautiful rifles, opening and shutting them
with a snap and a clang, and then patting
them as he put them back into the rack as
tenderly as a mother would fondle her
children.

"This is a Bland's .577 axite express," said
he. "I got that big fellow with it." He glanced
up at the white rhinoceros. "Ten more yards,
and he'd would have added me to HIS
collection.

`On that conical bullet his one chance
hangs, 'Tis the weak one's advantage fair.'

Hope you know your Gordon, for he's the
poet of the horse and the gun and the man
that handles both. Now, here's a useful tool-
-.470, telescopic sight, double ejector, point-
blank up to three-fifty. That's the rifle I used
against the Peruvian slave-drivers three
years ago. I was the flail of the Lord up in
those parts, I may tell you, though you won't
find it in any Blue-book. There are times,
young fellah, when every one of us must
make a stand for human right and justice, or
you never feel clean again. That's why I
made a little war on my own. Declared it
myself, waged it myself, ended it myself.
Each of those nicks is for a slave murderer-

-34-

-a good row of them--what? That big one
is for Pedro Lopez, the king of them all, that
I killed in a backwater of the Putomayo
River. Now, here's something that would do
for you." He took out a beautiful brown-and-
silver rifle. "Well rubbered at the stock,
sharply sighted, five cartridges to the clip.
You can trust your life to that." He handed it
to me and closed the door of his oak
cabinet.

"By the way," he continued, coming back to
his chair, "what do you know of this
Professor Challenger?"

"I never saw him till to-day."

"Well, neither did I. It's funny we should both
sail under sealed orders from a man we
don't know. He seemed an uppish old bird.
His brothers of science don't seem too fond
of him, either. How came you to take an
interest in the affair?"

I told him shortly my experiences of the
morning, and he listened intently. Then he
drew out a map of South America and laid it
on the table.

"I believe every single word he said to you
was the truth," said he, earnestly, "and,
mind you, I have something to go on when I
speak like that. South America is a place I
love, and I think, if you take it right through
from Darien to Fuego, it's the grandest,
richest, most wonderful bit of earth upon
this planet. People don't know it yet, and
don't realize what it may become. I've been
up an' down it from end to end, and had two
dry seasons in those very parts, as I told you
when I spoke of the war I made on the slave-
dealers. Well, when I was up there I heard
some yarns of the same kind--traditions of
Indians and the like, but with somethin'
behind them, no doubt. The more you knew
of that country, young fellah, the more you

would understand that anythin' was
possible--ANYTHIN'1. There are just some
narrow water-lanes along which folk travel,
and outside that it is all darkness. Now,
down here in the Matto Grande"--he swept
his cigar over a part of the map--"or up in
this corner where three countries meet,
nothin' would surprise me. As that chap
said to-night, there are fifty-thousand miles
of water-way runnin' through a forest that is
very near the size of Europe. You and I could
be as far away from each other as Scotland
is from Constantinople, and yet each of us
be in the same great Brazilian forest. Man
has just made a track here and a scrape
there in the maze. Why, the river rises and
falls the best part of forty feet, and half the
country is a morass that you can't pass over.
Why shouldn't somethin' new and wonderful
lie in such a country? And why shouldn't we
be the men to find it out? Besides," he
added, his queer, gaunt face shining with
delight, "there's a sportin' risk in every mile
of it. I'm like an old golf-ball I've had all the
white paint knocked off me long ago. Life
can whack me about now, and it can't leave
a mark. But a sportin' risk, young fellah,
that's the salt of existence. Then it's worth
livin' again. We're all gettin' a deal too soft
and dull and comfy. Give me the great
waste lands and the wide spaces, with a
gun in my fist and somethin' to look for
that's worth findin'. I've tried war and
steeplechasin' and aeroplanes, but this
huntin' of beasts that look like a lobster-
supper dream is a brand-new sensation."
He chuckled with glee at the prospect.

Perhaps I have dwelt too long upon this new
acquaintance, but he is to be my comrade
for many a day, and so I have tried to set him
down as I first saw him, with his quaint
personality and his queer little tricks of
speech and of thought. It was only the need
of getting in the account of my meeting
which drew me at last from his company. I

-35-

left him seated amid his pink radiance,
oiling the lock of his favorite rifle, while he
still chuckled to himself at the thought of the
adventures which awaited us. It was very
clear to me that if dangers lay before us I
could not in all England have found a cooler
head or a braver spirit with which to share
them.

That night, wearied as I was after the
wonderful happenings of the day, I sat late
with McArdle, the news editor, explaining to
him the whole situation, which he thought
important enough to bring next morning
before the notice of Sir George Beaumont,
the chief. It was agreed that I should write
home full accounts of my adventures in the
shape of successive letters to McArdle, and
that these should either be edited for the
Gazette as they arrived, or held back to be
published later, according to the wishes of
Professor Challenger, since we could not
yet know what conditions he might attach to
those directions which should guide us to
the unknown land. In response to a
telephone inquiry, we received nothing
more definite than a fulmination against the
Press, ending up with the remark that if we
would notify our boat he would hand us any
directions which he might think it proper to
give us at the moment of starting. A second
question from us failed to elicit any answer
at all, save a plaintive bleat from his wife to
the effect that her husband was in a very
violent temper already, and that she hoped
we would do nothing to make it worse. A
third attempt, later in the day, provoked a
terrific crash, and a subsequent message
from the Central Exchange that Professor
Challenger's receiver had been shattered.
After that we abandoned all attempt at
communication.

And now my patient readers, I can address
you directly no longer. From now onwards
(if, indeed, any continuation of this narrative

should ever reach you) it can only be through
the paper which I represent. In the hands of
the editor I leave this account of the events
which have led up to one of the most
remarkable expeditions of all time, so that if
I never return to England there shall be some
record as to how the affair came about. I am
writing these last lines in the saloon of the
Booth liner Francisca, and they will go back
by the pilot to the keeping of Mr. McArdle.
Let me draw one last picture before I close
the notebook--a picture which is the last
memory of the old country which I bear away
with me. It is a wet, foggy morning in the late
spring; a thin, cold rain is falling. Three
shining mackintoshed figures are walking
down the quay, making for the gang-plank
of the great liner from which the blue-peter
is flying. In front of them a porter pushes a
trolley piled high with trunks, wraps, and
gun-cases. Professor Summerlee, a long,
melancholy figure, walks with dragging
steps and drooping head, as one who is
already profoundly sorry for himself. Lord
John Roxton steps briskly, and his thin,
eager face beams forth between his
hunting-cap and his muffler. As for myself, I
am glad to have got the bustling days of
preparation and the pangs of leave-taking
behind me, and I have no doubt that I show it
in my bearing. Suddenly, just as we reach
the vessel, there is a shout behind us. It is
Professor Challenger, who had promised
to see us off. He runs after us, a puffing,
red-faced, irascible figure.

"No thank you," says he; "I should much
prefer not to go aboard. I have only a few
words to say to you, and they can very well
be said where we are. I beg you not to
imagine that I am in any way indebted to you
for making this journey. I would have you to
understand that it is a matter of perfect
indifference to me, and I refuse to entertain
the most remote sense of personal
obligation. Truth is truth, and nothing which

-36-

you can report can affect it in any way,
though it may excite the emotions and allay
the curiosity of a number of very ineffectual
people. My directions for your instruction
and guidance are in this sealed envelope.
You will open it when you reach a town upon
the Amazon which is called Manaos, but not
until the date and hour which is marked
upon the outside. Have I made myself
clear? I leave the strict observance of my
conditions entirely to your honor. No, Mr.
Malone, I will place no restriction upon your
correspondence, since the ventilation of the
facts is the object of your journey; but I
demand that you shall give no particulars as
to your exact destination, and that nothing
be actually published until your return. Good-
bye, sir. You have done something to
mitigate my feelings for the loathsome
profession to which you unhappily belong.
Good-bye, Lord John. Science is, as I
understand, a sealed book to you; but you
may congratulate yourself upon the hunting-
field which awaits you. You will, no doubt,
have the opportunity of describing in the
Field how you brought down the rocketing
dimorphodon. And good-bye to you also,
Professor Summerlee. If you are still
capable of self-improvement, of which I am
frankly unconvinced, you will surely return to
London a wiser man."

So he turned upon his heel, and a minute
later from the deck I could see his short,
squat figure bobbing about in the distance
as he made his way back to his train. Well,
we are well down Channel now. There's the
last bell for letters, and it's good-bye to the
pilot. We'll be "down, hull-down, on the old
trail" from now on. God bless all we leave
behind us, and send us safely back.

Chapter 7 To-Morrow We Disappear Into
The Unknown

I will not bore those whom this narrative may

reach by an account of our luxurious voyage
upon the Booth liner, nor will I tell of our
week's stay at Para (save that I should wish
to acknowledge the great kindness of the
Pereira da Pinta Company in helping us to
get together our equipment). I will also
allude very briefly to our river journey, up a
wide, slow-moving, clay-tinted stream, in a
steamer which was little smaller than that
which had carried us across the Atlantic.
Eventually we found ourselves through the
narrows of Obidos and reached the town of
Manaos. Here we were rescued from the
limited attractions of the local inn by Mr.
Shortman, the representative of the British
and Brazilian Trading Company. In his
hospital Fazenda we spent our time until the
day when we were empowered to open the
letter of instructions given to us by
Professor Challenger. Before I reach the
surprising events of that date I would desire
to give a clearer sketch of my comrades in
this enterprise, and of the associates whom
we had already gathered together in South
America. I speak freely, and I leave the use
of my material to your own discretion, Mr.
McArdle, since it is through your hands that
this report must pass before it reaches the
world.

The scientific attainments of Professor
Summerlee are too well known for me to
trouble to recapitulate them. He is better
equipped for a rough expedition of this sort
than one would imagine at first sight. His
tall, gaunt, stringy figure is insensible to
fatigue, and his dry, half-sarcastic, and
often wholly unsympathetic manner is
uninfluenced by any change in his
surroundings. Though in his sixty-sixth year,
I have never heard him express any
dissatisfaction at the occasional hardships
which we have had to encounter. I had
regarded his presence as an encumbrance
to the expedition, but, as a matter of fact, I
am now well convinced that his power of

-37-

endurance is as great as my own. In temper
he is naturally acid and sceptical. From the
beginning he has never concealed his belief
that Professor Challenger is an absolute
fraud, that we are all embarked upon an
absurd wild-goose chase and that we are
likely to reap nothing but disappointment
and danger in South America, and
corresponding ridicule in England. Such are
the views which, with much passionate
distortion of his thin features and wagging
of his thin, goat-like beard, he poured into
our ears all the way from Southampton to
Manaos. Since landing from the boat he has
obtained some consolation from the beauty
and variety of the insect and bird life around
him, for he is absolutely whole-hearted in
his devotion to science. He spends his days
flitting through the woods with his shot-gun
and his butterfly-net, and his evenings in
mounting the many specimens he has
acquired. Among his minor peculiarities are
that he is careless as to his attire, unclean in
his person, exceedingly absent-minded in
his habits, and addicted to smoking a short
briar pipe, which is seldom out of his mouth.
He has been upon several scientific
expeditions in his youth (he was with
Robertson in Papua), and the life of the
camp and the canoe is nothing fresh to him.

Lord John Roxton has some points in
common with Professor Summerlee, and
others in which they are the very antithesis
to each other. He is twenty years younger,
but has something of the same spare,
scraggy physique. As to his appearance, I
have, as I recollect, described it in that
portion of my narrative which I have left
behind me in London. He is exceedingly
neat and prim in his ways, dresses always
with great care in white drill suits and high
brown mosquito-boots, and shaves at least
once a day. Like most men of action, he is
laconic in speech, and sinks readily into his
own thoughts, but he is always quick to

answer a question or join in a conversation,
talking in a queer, jerky, half-humorous
fashion. His knowledge of the world, and
very especially of South America, is
surprising, and he has a whole-hearted
belief in the possibilities of our journey
which is not to be dashed by the sneers of
Professor Summerlee. He has a gentle
voice and a quiet manner, but behind his
twinkling blue eyes there lurks a capacity for
furious wrath and implacable resolution, the
more dangerous because they are held in
leash. He spoke little of his own exploits in
Brazil and Peru, but it was a revelation to
me to find the excitement which was
caused by his presence among the riverine
natives, who looked upon him as their
champion and protector. The exploits of the
Red Chief, as they called him, had become
legends among them, but the real facts, as
far as I could learn them, were amazing
enough.

These were that Lord John had found
himself some years before in that no-
man's-land which is formed by the half-
defined frontiers between Peru, Brazil, and
Columbia. In this great district the wild
rubber tree flourishes, and has become, as
in the Congo, a curse to the natives which
can only be compared to their forced labor
under the Spaniards upon the old silver
mines of Darien. A handful of villainous half-
breeds dominated the country, armed such
Indians as would support them, and turned
the rest into slaves, terrorizing them with the
most inhuman tortures in order to force them
to gather the india-rubber, which was then
floated down the river to Para. Lord John
Roxton expostulated on behalf of the
wretched victims, and received nothing but
threats and insults for his pains. He then
formally declared war against Pedro
Lopez, the leader of the slave-drivers,
enrolled a band of runaway slaves in his
service, armed them, and conducted a

-38-

campaign, which ended by his killing with
his own hands the notorious half-breed and
breaking down the system which he
represented.

No wonder that the ginger-headed man
with the silky voice and the free and easy
manners was now looked upon with deep
interest upon the banks of the great South
American river, though the feelings he
inspired were naturally mixed, since the
gratitude of the natives was equaled by the
resentment of those who desired to exploit
them. One useful result of his former
experiences was that he could talk fluently in
the Lingoa Geral, which is the peculiar talk,
one-third Portuguese and two-thirds
Indian, which is current all over Brazil.

I have said before that Lord John Roxton
was a South Americomaniac. He could not
speak of that great country without ardor,
and this ardor was infectious, for, ignorant
as I was, he fixed my attention and
stimulated my curiosity. How I wish I could
reproduce the glamour of his discourses,
the peculiar mixture of accurate knowledge
and of racy imagination which gave them
their fascination, until even the Professor's
cynical and sceptical smile would gradually
vanish from his thin face as he listened. He
would tell the history of the mighty river so
rapidly explored (for some of the first
conquerors of Peru actually crossed the
entire continent upon its waters), and yet so
unknown in regard to all that lay behind its
ever-changing banks.

"What is there?" he would cry, pointing to the
north. "Wood and marsh and unpenetrated
jungle. Who knows what it may shelter? And
there to the south? A wilderness of swampy
forest, where no white man has ever been.
The unknown is up against us on every side.
Outside the narrow lines of the rivers what
does anyone know? Who will say what is

possible in such a country? Why should old
man Challenger not be right?" At which
direct defiance the stubborn sneer would
reappear upon Professor Summerlee's
face, and he would sit, shaking his sardonic
head in unsympathetic silence, behind the
cloud of his briar-root pipe.

So much, for the moment, for my two white
companions, whose characters and
limitations will be further exposed, as surely
as my own, as this narrative proceeds. But
already we have enrolled certain retainers
who may play no small part in what is to
come. The first is a gigantic negro named
Zambo, who is a black Hercules, as willing
as any horse, and about as intelligent. Him
we enlisted at Para, on the
recommendation of the steamship
company, on whose vessels he had learned
to speak a halting English.

It was at Para also that we engaged Gomez
and Manuel, two half-breeds from up the
river, just come down with a cargo of
redwood. They were swarthy fellows,
bearded and fierce, as active and wiry as
panthers. Both of them had spent their lives
in those upper waters of the Amazon which
we were about to explore, and it was this
recommendation which had caused Lord
John to engage them. One of them, Gomez,
had the further advantage that he could
speak excellent English. These men were
willing to act as our personal servants, to
cook, to row, or to make themselves useful
in any way at a payment of fifteen dollars a
month. Besides these, we had engaged
three Mojo Indians from Bolivia, who are
the most skilful at fishing and boat work of
all the river tribes. The chief of these we
called Mojo, after his tribe, and the others
are known as Jose and Fernando. Three
white men, then, two half-breeds, one
negro, and three Indians made up the
personnel of the little expedition which lay

-39-

waiting for its instructions at Manaos before
starting upon its singular quest.

At last, after a weary week, the day had
come and the hour. I ask you to picture the
shaded sitting-room of the Fazenda St.
Ignatio, two miles inland from the town of
Manaos. Outside lay the yellow, brassy
glare of the sunshine, with the shadows of
the palm trees as black and definite as the
trees themselves. The air was calm, full of
the eternal hum of insects, a tropical chorus
of many octaves, from the deep drone of
the bee to the high, keen pipe of the
mosquito. Beyond the veranda was a small
cleared garden, bounded with cactus
hedges and adorned with clumps of
flowering shrubs, round which the great
blue butterflies and the tiny humming-birds
fluttered and darted in crescents of
sparkling light. Within we were seated round
the cane table, on which lay a sealed
envelope. Inscribed upon it, in the jagged
handwriting of Professor Challenger, were
the words:

"Instructions to Lord John Roxton and party.
To be opened at Manaos upon July 15th, at 12
o'clock precisely."

Lord John had placed his watch upon the
table beside him.

"We have seven more minutes," said he.
"The old dear is very precise."

Professor Summerlee gave an acid smile
as he picked up the envelope in his gaunt
hand.

"What can it possibly matter whether we
open it now or in seven minutes?" said he. "It
is all part and parcel of the same system of
quackery and nonsense, for which I regret
to say that the writer is notorious."

"Oh, come, we must play the game
accordin' to rules," said Lord John. "It's old
man Challenger's show and we are here by
his good will, so it would be rotten bad form
if we didn't follow his instructions to the
letter."

"A pretty business it is!" cried the Professor,
bitterly. "It struck me as preposterous in
London, but I'm bound to say that it seems
even more so upon closer acquaintance. I
don't know what is inside this envelope,
but, unless it is something pretty definite, I
shall be much tempted to take the next down
river boat and catch the Bolivia at Para.
After all, I have some more responsible
work in the world than to run about
disproving the assertions of a lunatic. Now,
Roxton, surely it is time."

"Time it is," said Lord John. "You can blow
the whistle." He took up the envelope and
cut it with his penknife. From it he drew a
folded sheet of paper. This he carefully
opened out and flattened on the table. It was
a blank sheet. He turned it over. Again it
was blank. We looked at each other in a
bewildered silence, which was broken by a
discordant burst of derisive laughter from
Professor Summerlee.

"It is an open admission," he cried. "What
more do you want? The fellow is a self-
confessed humbug. We have only to return
home and report him as the brazen
imposter that he is."

"Invisible ink!" I suggested.

"I don't think!" said Lord Roxton, holding the
paper to the light. "No, young fellah my lad,
there is no use deceiving yourself. I'll go bail
for it that nothing has ever been written upon
this paper."

"May I come in?" boomed a voice from the

-40-

veranda.

The shadow of a squat figure had stolen
across the patch of sunlight. That voice!
That monstrous breadth of shoulder! We
sprang to our feet with a gasp of
astonishment as Challenger, in a round,
boyish straw-hat with a colored ribbon--
Challenger, with his hands in his jacket-
pockets and his canvas shoes daintily
pointing as he walked appeared in the open
space before us. He threw back his head,
and there he stood in the golden glow with
all his old Assyrian luxuriance of beard, all
his native insolence of drooping eyelids and
intolerant eyes.

"I fear," said he, taking out his watch, "that I
am a few minutes too late. When I gave you
this envelope I must confess that I had never
intended that you should open it, for it had
been my fixed intention to be with you
before the hour. The unfortunate delay can
be apportioned between a blundering pilot
and an intrusive sandbank. I fear that it has
given my colleague, Professor Summerlee,
occasion to blaspheme."

"I am bound to say, sir," said Lord John, with
some sternness of voice, "that your turning
up is a considerable relief to us, for our
mission seemed to have come to a
premature end. Even now I can't for the life
of me understand why you should have
worked it in so extraordinary a manner."

Instead of answering, Professor Challenger
entered, shook hands with myself and Lord
John, bowed with ponderous insolence to
Professor Summerlee, and sank back into
a basket-chair, which creaked and swayed
beneath his weight.

"Is all ready for your journey?" he asked.

"We can start to-morrow."

"Then so you shall. You need no chart of
directions now, since you will have the
inestimable advantage of my own
guidance. From the first I had determined
that I would myself preside over your
investigation. The most elaborate charts
would, as you will readily admit, be a poor
substitute for my own intelligence and
advice. As to the small ruse which I played
upon you in the matter of the envelope, it is
clear that, had I told you all my intentions, I
should have been forced to resist
unwelcome pressure to travel out with you."

"Not from me, sir!" exclaimed Professor
Summerlee, heartily. "So long as there was
another ship upon the Atlantic."

Challenger waved him away with his great
hairy hand.

"Your common sense will, I am sure, sustain
my objection and realize that it was better
that I should direct my own movements and
appear only at the exact moment when my
presence was needed. That moment has
now arrived. You are in safe hands. You will
not now fail to reach your destination. From
henceforth I take command of this
expedition, and I must ask you to complete
your preparations to-night, so that we may
be able to make an early start in the
morning. My time is of value, and the same
thing may be said, no doubt, in a lesser
degree of your own. I propose, therefore,
that we push on as rapidly as possible, until I
have demonstrated what you have come to
see."

Lord John Roxton has chartered a large
steam launch, the Esmeralda, which was to
carry us up the river. So far as climate goes,
it was immaterial what time we chose for
our expedition, as the temperature ranges
from seventy-five to ninety degrees both
summer and winter, with no appreciable

-41-

difference in heat. In moisture, however, it
is otherwise; from December to May is the
period of the rains, and during this time the
river slowly rises until it attains a height of
nearly forty feet above its low-water mark. It
floods the banks, extends in great lagoons
over a monstrous waste of country, and
forms a huge district, called locally the
Gapo, which is for the most part too marshy
for foot-travel and too shallow for boating.
About June the waters begin to fall, and are
at their lowest at October or November.
Thus our expedition was at the time of the
dry season, when the great river and its
tributaries were more or less in a normal
condition.

The current of the river is a slight one, the
drop being not greater than eight inches in a
mile. No stream could be more convenient
for navigation, since the prevailing wind is
south-east, and sailing boats may make a
continuous progress to the Peruvian
frontier, dropping down again with the
current. In our own case the excellent
engines of the Esmeralda could disregard
the sluggish flow of the stream, and we
made as rapid progress as if we were
navigating a stagnant lake. For three days
we steamed north-westwards up a stream
which even here, a thousand miles from its
mouth, was still so enormous that from its
center the two banks were mere shadows
upon the distant skyline. On the fourth day
after leaving Manaos we turned into a
tributary which at its mouth was little smaller
than the main stream. It narrowed rapidly,
however, and after two more days'
steaming we reached an Indian village,
where the Professor insisted that we should
land, and that the Esmeralda should be sent
back to Manaos. We should soon come
upon rapids, he explained, which would
make its further use impossible. He added
privately that we were now approaching the
door of the unknown country, and that the

fewer whom we took into our confidence
the better it would be. To this end also he
made each of us give our word of honor that
we would publish or say nothing which
would give any exact clue as to the
whereabouts of our travels, while the
servants were all solemnly sworn to the
same effect. It is for this reason that I am
compelled to be vague in my narrative, and I
would warn my readers that in any map or
diagram which I may give the relation of
places to each other may be correct, but the
points of the compass are carefully
confused, so that in no way can it be taken
as an actual guide to the country. Professor
Challenger's reasons for secrecy may be
valid or not, but we had no choice but to
adopt them, for he was prepared to
abandon the whole expedition rather than
modify the conditions upon which he would
guide us.

It was August 2nd when we snapped our last
link with the outer world by bidding farewell
to the Esmeralda. Since then four days have
passed, during which we have engaged
two large canoes from the Indians, made of
so light a material (skins over a bamboo
framework) that we should be able to carry
them round any obstacle. These we have
loaded with all our effects, and have
engaged two additional Indians to help us in
the navigation. I understand that they are the
very two--Ataca and Ipetu by name--who
accompanied Professor Challenger upon
his previous journey. They appeared to be
terrified at the prospect of repeating it, but
the chief has patriarchal powers in these
countries, and if the bargain is good in his
eyes the clansman has little choice in the
matter.

So to-morrow we disappear into the
unknown. This account I am transmitting
down the river by canoe, and it may be our
last word to those who are interested in our

-42-

fate. I have, according to our arrangement,
addressed it to you, my dear Mr. McArdle,
and I leave it to your discretion to delete,
alter, or do what you like with it. From the
assurance of Professor Challenger's
manner--and in spite of the continued
scepticism of Professor Summerlee--I
have no doubt that our leader will make
good his statement, and that we are really
on the eve of some most remarkable
experiences.

Chapter 8 The Outlying Pickets Of The New
World

Our friends at home may well rejoice with
us, for we are at our goal, and up to a point,
at least, we have shown that the statement
of Professor Challenger can be verified. We
have not, it is true, ascended the plateau,
but it lies before us, and even Professor
Summerlee is in a more chastened mood.
Not that he will for an instant admit that his
rival could be right, but he is less persistent
in his incessant objections, and has sunk
for the most part into an observant silence. I
must hark back, however, and continue my
narrative from where I dropped it. We are
sending home one of our local Indians who
is injured, and I am committing this letter to
his charge, with considerable doubts in my
mind as to whether it will ever come to hand.

When I wrote last we were about to leave the
Indian village where we had been
deposited by the Esmeralda. I have to begin
my report by bad news, for the first serious
personal trouble (I pass over the incessant
bickerings between the Professors)
occurred this evening, and might have had a
tragic ending. I have spoken of our English-
speaking half-breed, Gomez--a fine
worker and a willing fellow, but afflicted, I
fancy, with the vice of curiosity, which is
common enough among such men. On the
last evening he seems to have hid himself

near the hut in which we were discussing
our plans, and, being observed by our huge
negro Zambo, who is as faithful as a dog
and has the hatred which all his race bear to
the half-breeds, he was dragged out and
carried into our presence. Gomez whipped
out his knife, however, and but for the huge
strength of his captor, which enabled him to
disarm him with one hand, he would
certainly have stabbed him. The matter has
ended in reprimands, the opponents have
been compelled to shake hands, and there
is every hope that all will be well. As to the
feuds of the two learned men, they are
continuous and bitter. It must be admitted
that Challenger is provocative in the last
degree, but Summerlee has an acid
tongue, which makes matters worse. Last
night Challenger said that he never cared to
walk on the Thames Embankment and look
up the river, as it was always sad to see
one's own eventual goal. He is convinced,
of course, that he is destined for
Westminster Abbey. Summerlee rejoined,
however, with a sour smile, by saying that
he understood that Millbank Prison had
been pulled down. Challenger's conceit is
too colossal to allow him to be really
annoyed. He only smiled in his beard and
repeated "Really! Really!" in the pitying tone
one would use to a child. Indeed, they are
children both--the one wizened and
cantankerous, the other formidable and
overbearing, yet each with a brain which
has put him in the front rank of his scientific
age. Brain, character, soul--only as one
sees more of life does one understand how
distinct is each.

The very next day we did actually make our
start upon this remarkable expedition. We
found that all our possessions fitted very
easily into the two canoes, and we divided
our personnel, six in each, taking the
obvious precaution in the interests of peace
of putting one Professor into each canoe.

-43-

Personally, I was with Challenger, who was
in a beatific humor, moving about as one in
a silent ecstasy and beaming benevolence
from every feature. I have had some
experience of him in other moods,
however, and shall be the less surprised
when the thunderstorms suddenly come up
amidst the sunshine. If it is impossible to be
at your ease, it is equally impossible to be
dull in his company, for one is always in a
state of half-tremulous doubt as to what
sudden turn his formidable temper may
take.

For two days we made our way up a good-
sized river some hundreds of yards broad,
and dark in color, but transparent, so that
one could usually see the bottom. The
affluents of the Amazon are, half of them, of
this nature, while the other half are whitish
and opaque, the difference depending
upon the class of country through which they
have flowed. The dark indicate vegetable
decay, while the others point to clayey soil.
Twice we came across rapids, and in each
case made a portage of half a mile or so to
avoid them. The woods on either side were
primeval, which are more easily penetrated
than woods of the second growth, and we
had no great difficulty in carrying our canoes
through them. How shall I ever forget the
solemn mystery of it? The height of the trees
and the thickness of the boles exceeded
anything which I in my town-bred life could
have imagined, shooting upwards in
magnificent columns until, at an enormous
distance above our heads, we could dimly
discern the spot where they threw out their
side-branches into Gothic upward curves
which coalesced to form one great matted
roof of verdure, through which only an
occasional golden ray of sunshine shot
downwards to trace a thin dazzling line of
light amidst the majestic obscurity. As we
walked noiselessly amid the thick, soft
carpet of decaying vegetation the hush fell

upon our souls which comes upon us in the
twilight of the Abbey, and even Professor
Challenger's full-chested notes sank into a
whisper. Alone, I should have been ignorant
of the names of these giant growths, but our
men of science pointed out the cedars, the
great silk cotton trees, and the redwood
trees, with all that profusion of various
plants which has made this continent the
chief supplier to the human race of those
gifts of Nature which depend upon the
vegetable world, while it is the most
backward in those products which come
from animal life. Vivid orchids and
wonderful colored lichens smoldered upon
the swarthy tree-trunks and where a
wandering shaft of light fell full upon the
golden allamanda, the scarlet star-clusters
of the tacsonia, or the rich deep blue of
ipomaea, the effect was as a dream of
fairyland. In these great wastes of forest,
life, which abhors darkness, struggles ever
upwards to the light. Every plant, even the
smaller ones, curls and writhes to the green
surface, twining itself round its stronger and
taller brethren in the effort. Climbing plants
are monstrous and luxuriant, but others
which have never been known to climb
elsewhere learn the art as an escape from
that somber shadow, so that the common
nettle, the jasmine, and even the jacitara
palm tree can be seen circling the stems of
the cedars and striving to reach their
crowns. Of animal life there was no
movement amid the majestic vaulted aisles
which stretched from us as we walked, but
a constant movement far above our heads
told of that multitudinous world of snake and
monkey, bird and sloth, which lived in the
sunshine, and looked down in wonder at our
tiny, dark, stumbling figures in the obscure
depths immeasurably below them. At dawn
and at sunset the howler monkeys
screamed together and the parrakeets
broke into shrill chatter, but during the hot
hours of the day only the full drone of

-44-

insects, like the beat of a distant surf, filled
the ear, while nothing moved amid the
solemn vistas of stupendous trunks, fading
away into the darkness which held us in.
Once some bandy-legged, lurching
creature, an ant-eater or a bear, scuttled
clumsily amid the shadows. It was the only
sign of earth life which I saw in this great
Amazonian forest.

And yet there were indications that even
human life itself was not far from us in those
mysterious recesses. On the third day out
we were aware of a singular deep
throbbing in the air, rhythmic and solemn,
coming and going fitfully throughout the
morning. The two boats were paddling
within a few yards of each other when first
we heard it, and our Indians remained
motionless, as if they had been turned to
bronze, listening intently with expressions of
terror upon their faces.

"What is it, then?" I asked.

"Drums," said Lord John, carelessly; "war
drums. I have heard them before."

"Yes, sir, war drums," said Gomez, the half-
breed. "Wild Indians, bravos, not mansos;
they watch us every mile of the way; kill us if
they can."

"How can they watch us?" I asked, gazing
into the dark, motionless void.

The half-breed shrugged his broad
shoulders.

"The Indians know. They have their own
way. They watch us. They talk the drum talk
to each other. Kill us if they can."

By the afternoon of that day--my pocket
diary shows me that it was Tuesday, August
18th--at least six or seven drums were

throbbing from various points. Sometimes
they beat quickly, sometimes slowly,
sometimes in obvious question and
answer, one far to the east breaking out in a
high staccato rattle, and being followed
after a pause by a deep roll from the north.
There was something indescribably nerve-
shaking and menacing in that constant
mutter, which seemed to shape itself into
the very syllables of the half-breed,
endlessly repeated, "We will kill you if we
can. We will kill you if we can." No one ever
moved in the silent woods. All the peace
and soothing of quiet Nature lay in that dark
curtain of vegetation, but away from behind
there came ever the one message from our
fellow-man. "We will kill you if we can," said
the men in the east. "We will kill you if we
can," said the men in the north.

All day the drums rumbled and whispered,
while their menace reflected itself in the
faces of our colored companions. Even the
hardy, swaggering half-breed seemed
cowed. I learned, however, that day once
for all that both Summerlee and Challenger
possessed that highest type of bravery, the
bravery of the scientific mind. Theirs was
the spirit which upheld Darwin among the
gauchos of the Argentine or Wallace among
the head-hunters of Malaya. It is decreed by
a merciful Nature that the human brain
cannot think of two things simultaneously,
so that if it be steeped in curiosity as to
science it has no room for merely personal
considerations. All day amid that incessant
and mysterious menace our two Professors
watched every bird upon the wing, and
every shrub upon the bank, with many a
sharp wordy contention, when the snarl of
Summerlee came quick upon the deep
growl of Challenger, but with no more sense
of danger and no more reference to drum-
beating Indians than if they were seated
together in the smoking-room of the Royal
Society's Club in St. James's Street. Once

-45-

only did they condescend to discuss them.

"Miranha or Amajuaca cannibals," said
Challenger, jerking his thumb towards the
reverberating wood.

"No doubt, sir," Summerlee answered.
"Like all such tribes, I shall expect to find
them of poly-synthetic speech and of
Mongolian type."

"Polysynthetic certainly," said Challenger,
indulgently. "I am not aware that any other
type of language exists in this continent, and
I have notes of more than a hundred. The
Mongolian theory I regard with deep
suspicion."

"I should have thought that even a limited
knowledge of comparative anatomy would
have helped to verify it," said Summerlee,
bitterly.

Challenger thrust out his aggressive chin
until he was all beard and hat-rim. "No
doubt, sir, a limited knowledge would have
that effect. When one's knowledge is
exhaustive, one comes to other
conclusions." They glared at each other in
mutual defiance, while all round rose the
distant whisper, "We will kill you--we will kill
you if we can."

That night we moored our canoes with
heavy stones for anchors in the center of the
stream, and made every preparation for a
possible attack. Nothing came, however,
and with the dawn we pushed upon our
way, the drum-beating dying out behind us.
About three o'clock in the afternoon we
came to a very steep rapid, more than a
mile long--the very one in which Professor
Challenger had suffered disaster upon his
first journey. I confess that the sight of it
consoled me, for it was really the first direct
corroboration, slight as it was, of the truth of

his story. The Indians carried first our
canoes and then our stores through the
brushwood, which is very thick at this point,
while we four whites, our rifles on our
shoulders, walked between them and any
danger coming from the woods. Before
evening we had successfully passed the
rapids, and made our way some ten miles
above them, where we anchored for the
night. At this point I reckoned that we had
come not less than a hundred miles up the
tributary from the main stream.

It was in the early forenoon of the next day
that we made the great departure. Since
dawn Professor Challenger had been
acutely uneasy, continually scanning each
bank of the river. Suddenly he gave an
exclamation of satisfaction and pointed to a
single tree, which projected at a peculiar
angle over the side of the stream.

"What do you make of that?" he asked.

"It is surely an Assai palm," said
Summerlee.

"Exactly. It was an Assai palm which I took
for my landmark. The secret opening is half
a mile onwards upon the other side of the
river. There is no break in the trees. That is
the wonder and the mystery of it. There
where you see light-green rushes instead
of dark-green undergrowth, there between
the great cotton woods, that is my private
gate into the unknown. Push through, and
you will understand."

It was indeed a wonderful place. Having
reached the spot marked by a line of light-
green rushes, we poled out two canoes
through them for some hundreds of yards,
and eventually emerged into a placid and
shallow stream, running clear and
transparent over a sandy bottom. It may
have been twenty yards across, and was

-46-

banked in on each side by most luxuriant
vegetation. No one who had not observed
that for a short distance reeds had taken the
place of shrubs, could possibly have
guessed the existence of such a stream or
dreamed of the fairyland beyond.

For a fairyland it was--the most wonderful
that the imagination of man could conceive.
The thick vegetation met overhead,
interlacing into a natural pergola, and
through this tunnel of verdure in a golden
twilight flowed the green, pellucid river,
beautiful in itself, but marvelous from the
strange tints thrown by the vivid light from
above filtered and tempered in its fall. Clear
as crystal, motionless as a sheet of glass,
green as the edge of an iceberg, it
stretched in front of us under its leafy
archway, every stroke of our paddles
sending a thousand ripples across its
shining surface. It was a fitting avenue to a
land of wonders. All sign of the Indians had
passed away, but animal life was more
frequent, and the tameness of the creatures
showed that they knew nothing of the hunter.
Fuzzy little black-velvet monkeys, with
snow-white teeth and gleaming, mocking
eyes, chattered at us as we passed. With a
dull, heavy splash an occasional cayman
plunged in from the bank. Once a dark,
clumsy tapir stared at us from a gap in the
bushes, and then lumbered away through
the forest; once, too, the yellow, sinuous
form of a great puma whisked amid the
brushwood, and its green, baleful eyes
glared hatred at us over its tawny shoulder.
Bird life was abundant, especially the
wading birds, stork, heron, and ibis
gathering in little groups, blue, scarlet, and
white, upon every log which jutted from the
bank, while beneath us the crystal water
was alive with fish of every shape and color.

For three days we made our way up this
tunnel of hazy green sunshine. On the longer

stretches one could hardly tell as one looked
ahead where the distant green water ended
and the distant green archway began. The
deep peace of this strange waterway was
unbroken by any sign of man.

"No Indian here. Too much afraid. Curupuri,"
said Gomez.

"Curupuri is the spirit of the woods," Lord
John explained. "It's a name for any kind of
devil. The poor beggars think that there is
something fearsome in this direction, and
therefore they avoid it."

On the third day it became evident that our
journey in the canoes could not last much
longer, for the stream was rapidly growing
more shallow. Twice in as many hours we
stuck upon the bottom. Finally we pulled the
boats up among the brushwood and spent
the night on the bank of the river. In the
morning Lord John and I made our way for a
couple of miles through the forest, keeping
parallel with the stream; but as it grew ever
shallower we returned and reported, what
Professor Challenger had already
suspected, that we had reached the highest
point to which the canoes could be brought.
We drew them up, therefore, and concealed
them among the bushes, blazing a tree with
our axes, so that we should find them again.
Then we distributed the various burdens
among us--guns, ammunition, food, a tent,
blankets, and the rest--and, shouldering
our packages, we set forth upon the more
laborious stage of our journey.

An unfortunate quarrel between our pepper-
pots marked the outset of our new stage.
Challenger had from the moment of joining
us issued directions to the whole party,
much to the evident discontent of
Summerlee. Now, upon his assigning some
duty to his fellow-Professor (it was only the
carrying of an aneroid barometer), the

-47-

matter suddenly came to a head.

"May I ask, sir," said Summerlee, with
vicious calm, "in what capacity you take it
upon yourself to issue these orders?"

Challenger glared and bristled.

"I do it, Professor Summerlee, as leader of
this expedition."

"I am compelled to tell you, sir, that I do not
recognize you in that capacity."

"Indeed!" Challenger bowed with unwieldy
sarcasm. "Perhaps you would define my
exact position."

"Yes, sir. You are a man whose veracity is
upon trial, and this committee is here to try
it. You walk, sir, with your judges."

"Dear me!" said Challenger, seating
himself on the side of one of the canoes. "In
that case you will, of course, go on your
way, and I will follow at my leisure. If I am not
the leader you cannot expect me to lead."

Thank heaven that there were two sane
men--Lord John Roxton and myself--to
prevent the petulance and folly of our
learned Professors from sending us back
empty-handed to London. Such arguing
and pleading and explaining before we
could get them mollified! Then at last
Summerlee, with his sneer and his pipe,
would move forwards, and Challenger
would come rolling and grumbling after. By
some good fortune we discovered about
this time that both our savants had the very
poorest opinion of Dr. Illingworth of
Edinburgh. Thenceforward that was our one
safety, and every strained situation was
relieved by our introducing the name of the
Scotch zoologist, when both our Professors
would form a temporary alliance and

friendship in their detestation and abuse of
this common rival.

Advancing in single file along the bank of
the stream, we soon found that it narrowed
down to a mere brook, and finally that it lost
itself in a great green morass of sponge-
like mosses, into which we sank up to our
knees. The place was horribly haunted by
clouds of mosquitoes and every form of
flying pest, so we were glad to find solid
ground again and to make a circuit among
the trees, which enabled us to outflank this
pestilent morass, which droned like an
organ in the distance, so loud was it with
insect life.

On the second day after leaving our canoes
we found that the whole character of the
country changed. Our road was persistently
upwards, and as we ascended the woods
became thinner and lost their tropical
luxuriance. The huge trees of the alluvial
Amazonian plain gave place to the Phoenix
and coco palms, growing in scattered
clumps, with thick brushwood between. In
the damper hollows the Mauritia palms
threw out their graceful drooping fronds. We
traveled entirely by compass, and once or
twice there were differences of opinion
between Challenger and the two Indians,
when, to quote the Professor's indignant
words, the whole party agreed to "trust the
fallacious instincts of undeveloped savages
rather than the highest product of modern
European culture." That we were justified in
doing so was shown upon the third day,
when Challenger admitted that he
recognized several landmarks of his former
journey, and in one spot we actually came
upon four fire-blackened stones, which
must have marked a camping-place.

The road still ascended, and we crossed a
rock-studded slope which took two days to
traverse. The vegetation had again

-48-

changed, and only the vegetable ivory tree
remained, with a great profusion of
wonderful orchids, among which I learned
to recognize the rare Nuttonia Vexillaria and
the glorious pink and scarlet blossoms of
Cattleya and odontoglossum. Occasional
brooks with pebbly bottoms and fern-
draped banks gurgled down the shallow
gorges in the hill, and offered good
camping-grounds every evening on the
banks of some rock-studded pool, where
swarms of little blue-backed fish, about the
size and shape of English trout, gave us a
delicious supper.

On the ninth day after leaving the canoes,
having done, as I reckon, about a hundred
and twenty miles, we began to emerge from
the trees, which had grown smaller until they
were mere shrubs. Their place was taken
by an immense wilderness of bamboo,
which grew so thickly that we could only
penetrate it by cutting a pathway with the
machetes and billhooks of the Indians. It
took us a long day, traveling from seven in
the morning till eight at night, with only two
breaks of one hour each, to get through this
obstacle. Anything more monotonous and
wearying could not be imagined, for, even
at the most open places, I could not see
more than ten or twelve yards, while usually
my vision was limited to the back of Lord
John's cotton jacket in front of me, and to
the yellow wall within a foot of me on either
side. From above came one thin knife-
edge of sunshine, and fifteen feet over our
heads one saw the tops of the reeds
swaying against the deep blue sky. I do not
know what kind of creatures inhabit such a
thicket, but several times we heard the
plunging of large, heavy animals quite close
to us. From their sounds Lord John judged
them to be some form of wild cattle. Just as
night fell we cleared the belt of bamboos,
and at once formed our camp, exhausted by
the interminable day.

Early next morning we were again afoot,
and found that the character of the country
had changed once again. Behind us was
the wall of bamboo, as definite as if it
marked the course of a river. In front was an
open plain, sloping slightly upwards and
dotted with clumps of tree-ferns, the whole
curving before us until it ended in a long,
whale-backed ridge. This we reached
about midday, only to find a shallow valley
beyond, rising once again into a gentle
incline which led to a low, rounded sky-line.
It was here, while we crossed the first of
these hills, that an incident occurred which
may or may not have been important.

Professor Challenger, who with the two
local Indians was in the van of the party,
stopped suddenly and pointed excitedly to
the right. As he did so we saw, at the
distance of a mile or so, something which
appeared to be a huge gray bird flap slowly
up from the ground and skim smoothly off,
flying very low and straight, until it was lost
among the tree-ferns.

"Did you see it?" cried Challenger, in
exultation. "Summerlee, did you see it?"

His colleague was staring at the spot where
the creature had disappeared.

"What do you claim that it was?" he asked.

"To the best of my belief, a pterodactyl."

Summerlee burst into derisive laughter "A
pter-fiddlestick!" said he. "It was a stork, if
ever I saw one."

Challenger was too furious to speak. He
simply swung his pack upon his back and
continued upon his march. Lord John came
abreast of me, however, and his face was
more grave than was his wont. He had his
Zeiss glasses in his hand.

-49-

"I focused it before it got over the trees,"
said he. "I won't undertake to say what it
was, but I'll risk my reputation as a
sportsman that it wasn't any bird that ever I
clapped eyes on in my life."

So there the matter stands. Are we really
just at the edge of the unknown,
encountering the outlying pickets of this lost
world of which our leader speaks? I give
you the incident as it occurred and you will
know as much as I do. It stands alone, for
we saw nothing more which could be called
remarkable.

And now, my readers, if ever I have any, I
have brought you up the broad river, and
through the screen of rushes, and down the
green tunnel, and up the long slope of palm
trees, and through the bamboo brake, and
across the plain of tree-ferns. At last our
destination lay in full sight of us. When we
had crossed the second ridge we saw
before us an irregular, palm-studded plain,
and then the line of high red cliffs which I
have seen in the picture. There it lies, even
as I write, and there can be no question that
it is the same. At the nearest point it is about
seven miles from our present camp, and it
curves away, stretching as far as I can see.
Challenger struts about like a prize
peacock, and Summerlee is silent, but still
sceptical. Another day should bring some of
our doubts to an end. Meanwhile, as Jose,
whose arm was pierced by a broken
bamboo, insists upon returning, I send this
letter back in his charge, and only hope that
it may eventually come to hand. I will write
again as the occasion serves. I have
enclosed with this a rough chart of our
journey, which may have the effect of
making the account rather easier to
understand.

Chapter 9 Who Could Have Foreseen It?

A dreadful thing has happened to us. Who
could have foreseen it? I cannot foresee any
end to our troubles. It may be that we are
condemned to spend our whole lives in this
strange, inaccessible place. I am still so
confused that I can hardly think clearly of the
facts of the present or of the chances of the
future. To my astounded senses the one
seems most terrible and the other as black
as night.

No men have ever found themselves in a
worse position; nor is there any use in
disclosing to you our exact geographical
situation and asking our friends for a relief
party. Even if they could send one, our fate
will in all human probability be decided long
before it could arrive in South America.

We are, in truth, as far from any human aid
as if we were in the moon. If we are to win
through, it is only our own qualities which
can save us. I have as companions three
remarkable men, men of great brain-power
and of unshaken courage. There lies our
one and only hope. It is only when I look upon
the untroubled faces of my comrades that I
see some glimmer through the darkness.
Outwardly I trust that I appear as
unconcerned as they. Inwardly I am filled
with apprehension.

Let me give you, with as much detail as I
can, the sequence of events which have led
us to this catastrophe.

When I finished my last letter I stated that we
were within seven miles from an enormous
line of ruddy cliffs, which encircled, beyond
all doubt, the plateau of which Professor
Challenger spoke. Their height, as we
approached them, seemed to me in some
places to be greater than he had stated--
running up in parts to at least a thousand
feet--and they were curiously striated, in a
manner which is, I believe, characteristic of

-50-

basaltic upheavals. Something of the sort is
to be seen in Salisbury Crags at Edinburgh.
The summit showed every sign of a luxuriant
vegetation, with bushes near the edge, and
farther back many high trees. There was no
indication of any life that we could see.

That night we pitched our camp
immediately under the cliff--a most wild
and desolate spot. The crags above us
were not merely perpendicular, but curved
outwards at the top, so that ascent was out
of the question. Close to us was the high
thin pinnacle of rock which I believe I
mentioned earlier in this narrative. It is like a
broad red church spire, the top of it being
level with the plateau, but a great chasm
gaping between. On the summit of it there
grew one high tree. Both pinnacle and cliff
were comparatively low--some five or six
hundred feet, I should think.

"It was on that," said Professor Challenger,
pointing to this tree, "that the pterodactyl
was perched. I climbed half-way up the
rock before I shot him. I am inclined to think
that a good mountaineer like myself could
ascend the rock to the top, though he would,
of course, be no nearer to the plateau when
he had done so."

As Challenger spoke of his pterodactyl I
glanced at Professor Summerlee, and for
the first time I seemed to see some signs of
a dawning credulity and repentance. There
was no sneer upon his thin lips, but, on the
contrary, a gray, drawn look of excitement
and amazement. Challenger saw it, too,
and reveled in the first taste of victory.

"Of course," said he, with his clumsy and
ponderous sarcasm, "Professor
Summerlee will understand that when I
speak of a pterodactyl I mean a stork--only
it is the kind of stork which has no feathers,
a leathery skin, membranous wings, and

teeth in its jaws." He grinned and blinked
and bowed until his colleague turned and
walked away.

In the morning, after a frugal breakfast of
coffee and manioc--we had to be
economical of our stores--we held a
council of war as to the best method of
ascending to the plateau above us.

Challenger presided with a solemnity as if
he were the Lord Chief Justice on the
Bench. Picture him seated upon a rock, his
absurd boyish straw hat tilted on the back of
his head, his supercilious eyes dominating
us from under his drooping lids, his great
black beard wagging as he slowly defined
our present situation and our future
movements.

Beneath him you might have seen the three
of us--myself, sunburnt, young, and
vigorous after our open-air tramp;
Summerlee, solemn but still critical, behind
his eternal pipe; Lord John, as keen as a
razor-edge, with his supple, alert figure
leaning upon his rifle, and his eager eyes
fixed eagerly upon the speaker. Behind us
were grouped the two swarthy half-breeds
and the little knot of Indians, while in front
and above us towered those huge, ruddy
ribs of rocks which kept us from our goal.

"I need not say," said our leader, "that on the
occasion of my last visit I exhausted every
means of climbing the cliff, and where I
failed I do not think that anyone else is likely
to succeed, for I am something of a
mountaineer. I had none of the appliances
of a rock-climber with me, but I have taken
the precaution to bring them now. With their
aid I am positive I could climb that detached
pinnacle to the summit; but so long as the
main cliff overhangs, it is vain to attempt
ascending that. I was hurried upon my last
visit by the approach of the rainy season

-51-

and by the exhaustion of my supplies. These
considerations limited my time, and I can
only claim that I have surveyed about six
miles of the cliff to the east of us, finding no
possible way up. What, then, shall we now
do?"

"There seems to be only one reasonable
course," said Professor Summerlee. "If you
have explored the east, we should travel
along the base of the cliff to the west, and
seek for a practicable point for our ascent."

"That's it," said Lord John. "The odds are
that this plateau is of no great size, and we
shall travel round it until we either find an
easy way up it, or come back to the point
from which we started."

"I have already explained to our young friend
here," said Challenger (he has a way of
alluding to me as if I were a school child ten
years old), "that it is quite impossible that
there should be an easy way up anywhere,
for the simple reason that if there were the
summit would not be isolated, and those
conditions would not obtain which have
effected so singular an interference with the
general laws of survival. Yet I admit that
there may very well be places where an
expert human climber may reach the
summit, and yet a cumbrous and heavy
animal be unable to descend. It is certain
that there is a point where an ascent is
possible."

"How do you know that, sir?" asked
Summerlee, sharply.

"Because my predecessor, the American
Maple White, actually made such an ascent.
How otherwise could he have seen the
monster which he sketched in his
notebook?"

"There you reason somewhat ahead of the

proved facts," said the stubborn
Summerlee. "I admit your plateau, because I
have seen it; but I have not as yet satisfied
myself that it contains any form of life
whatever."

"What you admit, sir, or what you do not
admit, is really of inconceivably small
importance. I am glad to perceive that the
plateau itself has actually obtruded itself
upon your intelligence." He glanced up at it,
and then, to our amazement, he sprang
from his rock, and, seizing Summerlee by
the neck, he tilted his face into the air. "Now
sir!" he shouted, hoarse with excitement.
"Do I help you to realize that the plateau
contains some animal life?"

I have said that a thick fringe of green
overhung the edge of the cliff. Out of this
there had emerged a black, glistening
object. As it came slowly forth and
overhung the chasm, we saw that it was a
very large snake with a peculiar flat, spade-
like head. It wavered and quivered above us
for a minute, the morning sun gleaming
upon its sleek, sinuous coils. Then it slowly
drew inwards and disappeared.

Summerlee had been so interested that he
had stood unresisting while Challenger
tilted his head into the air. Now he shook his
colleague off and came back to his dignity.

"I should be glad, Professor Challenger,"
said he, "if you could see your way to make
any remarks which may occur to you without
seizing me by the chin. Even the
appearance of a very ordinary rock python
does not appear to justify such a liberty."

"But there is life upon the plateau all the
same," his colleague replied in triumph.
"And now, having demonstrated this
important conclusion so that it is clear to
anyone, however prejudiced or obtuse, I

-52-

am of opinion that we cannot do better than
break up our camp and travel to westward
until we find some means of ascent."

The ground at the foot of the cliff was rocky
and broken so that the going was slow and
difficult. Suddenly we came, however, upon
something which cheered our hearts. It was
the site of an old encampment, with several
empty Chicago meat tins, a bottle labeled
"Brandy," a broken tin-opener, and a
quantity of other travelers' debris. A
crumpled, disintegrated newspaper
revealed itself as the Chicago Democrat,
though the date had been obliterated.

"Not mine," said Challenger. "It must be
Maple White's."

Lord John had been gazing curiously at a
great tree-fern which overshadowed the
encampment. "I say, look at this," said he. "I
believe it is meant for a sign-post."

A slip of hard wood had been nailed to the
tree in such a way as to point to the
westward.

"Most certainly a sign-post," said
Challenger. "What else? Finding himself
upon a dangerous errand, our pioneer has
left this sign so that any party which follows
him may know the way he has taken.
Perhaps we shall come upon some other
indications as we proceed."

We did indeed, but they were of a terrible
and most unexpected nature. Immediately
beneath the cliff there grew a considerable
patch of high bamboo, like that which we
had traversed in our journey. Many of these
stems were twenty feet high, with sharp,
strong tops, so that even as they stood they
made formidable spears. We were passing
along the edge of this cover when my eye
was caught by the gleam of something

white within it. Thrusting in my head
between the stems, I found myself gazing at
a fleshless skull. The whole skeleton was
there, but the skull had detached itself and
lay some feet nearer to the open.

With a few blows from the machetes of our
Indians we cleared the spot and were able
to study the details of this old tragedy. Only a
few shreds of clothes could still be
distinguished, but there were the remains of
boots upon the bony feet, and it was very
clear that the dead man was a European. A
gold watch by Hudson, of New York, and a
chain which held a stylographic pen, lay
among the bones. There was also a silver
cigarette-case, with "J. C., from A. E. S.,"
upon the lid. The state of the metal seemed
to show that the catastrophe had occurred
no great time before.

"Who can he be?" asked Lord John. "Poor
devil! every bone in his body seems to be
broken."

"And the bamboo grows through his
smashed ribs," said Summerlee. "It is a
fast-growing plant, but it is surely
inconceivable that this body could have
been here while the canes grew to be
twenty feet in length."

"As to the man's identity," said Professor
Challenger, "I have no doubt whatever upon
that point. As I made my way up the river
before I reached you at the fazenda I
instituted very particular inquiries about
Maple White. At Para they knew nothing.
Fortunately, I had a definite clew, for there
was a particular picture in his sketch-book
which showed him taking lunch with a
certain ecclesiastic at Rosario. This priest I
was able to find, and though he proved a
very argumentative fellow, who took it
absurdly amiss that I should point out to him
the corrosive effect which modern science

-53-

must have upon his beliefs, he none the less
gave me some positive information. Maple
White passed Rosario four years ago, or
two years before I saw his dead body. He
was not alone at the time, but there was a
friend, an American named James Colver,
who remained in the boat and did not meet
this ecclesiastic. I think, therefore, that there
can be no doubt that we are now looking
upon the remains of this James Colver."

"Nor," said Lord John, "is there much doubt
as to how he met his death. He has fallen or
been chucked from the top, and so been
impaled. How else could he come by his
broken bones, and how could he have been
stuck through by these canes with their
points so high above our heads?"

A hush came over us as we stood round
these shattered remains and realized the
truth of Lord John Roxton's words. The
beetling head of the cliff projected over the
cane-brake. Undoubtedly he had fallen
from above. But had he fallen? Had it been
an accident? Or--already ominous and
terrible possibilities began to form round
that unknown land.

We moved off in silence, and continued to
coast round the line of cliffs, which were as
even and unbroken as some of those
monstrous Antarctic ice-fields which I have
seen depicted as stretching from horizon to
horizon and towering high above the mast-
heads of the exploring vessel.

In five miles we saw no rift or break. And
then suddenly we perceived something
which filled us with new hope. In a hollow of
the rock, protected from rain, there was
drawn a rough arrow in chalk, pointing still
to the westwards.

"Maple White again," said Professor
Challenger. "He had some presentiment

that worthy footsteps would follow close
behind him."

"He had chalk, then?"

"A box of colored chalks was among the
effects I found in his knapsack. I remember
that the white one was worn to a stump."

"That is certainly good evidence," said
Summerlee. "We can only accept his
guidance and follow on to the westward."

We had proceeded some five more miles
when again we saw a white arrow upon the
rocks. It was at a point where the face of the
cliff was for the first time split into a narrow
cleft. Inside the cleft was a second
guidance mark, which pointed right up it
with the tip somewhat elevated, as if the
spot indicated were above the level of the
ground.

It was a solemn place, for the walls were so
gigantic and the slit of blue sky so narrow
and so obscured by a double fringe of
verdure, that only a dim and shadowy light
penetrated to the bottom. We had had no
food for many hours, and were very weary
with the stony and irregular journey, but our
nerves were too strung to allow us to halt.
We ordered the camp to be pitched,
however, and, leaving the Indians to
arrange it, we four, with the two half-
breeds, proceeded up the narrow gorge.

It was not more than forty feet across at the
mouth, but it rapidly closed until it ended in
an acute angle, too straight and smooth for
an ascent. Certainly it was not this which our
pioneer had attempted to indicate. We
made our way back--the whole gorge was
not more than a quarter of a mile deep--
and then suddenly the quick eyes of Lord
John fell upon what we were seeking. High
up above our heads, amid the dark

-54-

shadows, there was one circle of deeper
gloom. Surely it could only be the opening of
a cave.

The base of the cliff was heaped with loose
stones at the spot, and it was not difficult to
clamber up. When we reached it, all doubt
was removed. Not only was it an opening
into the rock, but on the side of it there was
marked once again the sign of the arrow.
Here was the point, and this the means by
which Maple White and his ill-fated
comrade had made their ascent.

We were too excited to return to the camp,
but must make our first exploration at once.
Lord John had an electric torch in his
knapsack, and this had to serve us as light.
He advanced, throwing his little clear circlet
of yellow radiance before him, while in
single file we followed at his heels.

The cave had evidently been water-worn,
the sides being smooth and the floor
covered with rounded stones. It was of such
a size that a single man could just fit through
by stooping. For fifty yards it ran almost
straight into the rock, and then it ascended
at an angle of forty-five. Presently this
incline became even steeper, and we found
ourselves climbing upon hands and knees
among loose rubble which slid from
beneath us. Suddenly an exclamation broke
from Lord Roxton.

"It's blocked!" said he.

Clustering behind him we saw in the yellow
field of light a wall of broken basalt which
extended to the ceiling.

"The roof has fallen in!"

In vain we dragged out some of the pieces.
The only effect was that the larger ones
became detached and threatened to roll

down the gradient and crush us. It was
evident that the obstacle was far beyond
any efforts which we could make to remove
it. The road by which Maple White had
ascended was no longer available.

Too much cast down to speak, we stumbled
down the dark tunnel and made our way
back to the camp.

One incident occurred, however, before we
left the gorge, which is of importance in
view of what came afterwards.

We had gathered in a little group at the
bottom of the chasm, some forty feet
beneath the mouth of the cave, when a huge
rock rolled suddenly downwards--and shot
past us with tremendous force. It was the
narrowest escape for one or all of us. We
could not ourselves see whence the rock
had come, but our half-breed servants, who
were still at the opening of the cave, said
that it had flown past them, and must
therefore have fallen from the summit.
Looking upwards, we could see no sign of
movement above us amidst the green
jungle which topped the cliff. There could
be little doubt, however, that the stone was
aimed at us, so the incident surely pointed
to humanity--and malevolent humanity--
upon the plateau.

We withdrew hurriedly from the chasm, our
minds full of this new development and its
bearing upon our plans. The situation was
difficult enough before, but if the
obstructions of Nature were increased by
the deliberate opposition of man, then our
case was indeed a hopeless one. And yet,
as we looked up at that beautiful fringe of
verdure only a few hundreds of feet above
our heads, there was not one of us who
could conceive the idea of returning to
London until we had explored it to its
depths.

-55-

On discussing the situation, we determined
that our best course was to continue to
coast round the plateau in the hope of
finding some other means of reaching the
top. The line of cliffs, which had decreased
considerably in height, had already begun
to trend from west to north, and if we could
take this as representing the arc of a circle,
the whole circumference could not be very
great. At the worst, then, we should be back
in a few days at our starting-point.

We made a march that day which totaled
some two-and-twenty miles, without any
change in our prospects. I may mention that
our aneroid shows us that in the continual
incline which we have ascended since we
abandoned our canoes we have risen to no
less than three thousand feet above sea-
level. Hence there is a considerable change
both in the temperature and in the
vegetation. We have shaken off some of that
horrible insect life which is the bane of
tropical travel. A few palms still survive, and
many tree-ferns, but the Amazonian trees
have been all left behind. It was pleasant to
see the convolvulus, the passion-flower,
and the begonia, all reminding me of home,
here among these inhospitable rocks.
There was a red begonia just the same
color as one that is kept in a pot in the
window of a certain villa in Streatham--but I
am drifting into private reminiscence.

That night--I am still speaking of the first
day of our circumnavigation of the plateau--
a great experience awaited us, and one
which for ever set at rest any doubt which
we could have had as to the wonders so
near us.

You will realize as you read it, my dear Mr.
McArdle, and possibly for the first time that
the paper has not sent me on a wild-goose
chase, and that there is inconceivably fine
copy waiting for the world whenever we

have the Professor's leave to make use of
it. I shall not dare to publish these articles
unless I can bring back my proofs to
England, or I shall be hailed as the
journalistic Munchausen of all time. I have
no doubt that you feel the same way
yourself, and that you would not care to
stake the whole credit of the Gazette upon
this adventure until we can meet the chorus
of criticism and scepticism which such
articles must of necessity elicit. So this
wonderful incident, which would make such
a headline for the old paper, must still wait
its turn in the editorial drawer.

And yet it was all over in a flash, and there
was no sequel to it, save in our own
convictions.

What occurred was this. Lord John had shot
an ajouti--which is a small, pig-like
animal--and, half of it having been given to
the Indians, we were cooking the other half
upon our fire. There is a chill in the air after
dark, and we had all drawn close to the
blaze. The night was moonless, but there
were some stars, and one could see for a
little distance across the plain. Well,
suddenly out of the darkness, out of the
night, there swooped something with a
swish like an aeroplane. The whole group of
us were covered for an instant by a canopy
of leathery wings, and I had a momentary
vision of a long, snake-like neck, a fierce,
red, greedy eye, and a great snapping
beak, filled, to my amazement, with little,
gleaming teeth. The next instant it was
gone--and so was our dinner. A huge black
shadow, twenty feet across, skimmed up
into the air; for an instant the monster wings
blotted out the stars, and then it vanished
over the brow of the cliff above us. We all sat
in amazed silence round the fire, like the
heroes of Virgil when the Harpies came
down upon them. It was Summerlee who
was the first to speak.

-56-

"Professor Challenger," said he, in a
solemn voice, which quavered with
emotion, "I owe you an apology. Sir, I am
very much in the wrong, and I beg that you
will forget what is past."

It was handsomely said, and the two men
for the first time shook hands. So much we
have gained by this clear vision of our first
pterodactyl. It was worth a stolen supper to
bring two such men together.

But if prehistoric life existed upon the
plateau it was not superabundant, for we
had no further glimpse of it during the next
three days. During this time we traversed a
barren and forbidding country, which
alternated between stony desert and
desolate marshes full of many wild-fowl,
upon the north and east of the cliffs. From
that direction the place is really
inaccessible, and, were it not for a hardish
ledge which runs at the very base of the
precipice, we should have had to turn back.
Many times we were up to our waists in the
slime and blubber of an old, semi-tropical
swamp. To make matters worse, the place
seemed to be a favorite breeding-place of
the Jaracaca snake, the most venomous
and aggressive in South America. Again
and again these horrible creatures came
writhing and springing towards us across
the surface of this putrid bog, and it was
only by keeping our shot-guns for ever
ready that we could feel safe from them.
One funnel-shaped depression in the
morass, of a livid green in color from some
lichen which festered in it, will always
remain as a nightmare memory in my mind.
It seems to have been a special nest of
these vermins, and the slopes were alive
with them, all writhing in our direction, for it
is a peculiarity of the Jaracaca that he will
always attack man at first sight. There were
too many for us to shoot, so we fairly took to
our heels and ran until we were exhausted. I

shall always remember as we looked back
how far behind we could see the heads and
necks of our horrible pursuers rising and
falling amid the reeds. Jaracaca Swamp
we named it in the map which we are
constructing.

The cliffs upon the farther side had lost their
ruddy tint, being chocolate-brown in color;
the vegetation was more scattered along
the top of them, and they had sunk to three
or four hundred feet in height, but in no
place did we find any point where they could
be ascended. If anything, they were more
impossible than at the first point where we
had met them. Their absolute steepness is
indicated in the photograph which I took
over the stony desert.

"Surely," said I, as we discussed the
situation, "the rain must find its way down
somehow. There are bound to be water-
channels in the rocks."

"Our young friend has glimpses of lucidity,"
said Professor Challenger, patting me upon
the shoulder.

"The rain must go somewhere," I repeated.

"He keeps a firm grip upon actuality. The
only drawback is that we have conclusively
proved by ocular demonstration that there
are no water channels down the rocks."

"Where, then, does it go?" I persisted.

"I think it may be fairly assumed that if it
does not come outwards it must run
inwards."

"Then there is a lake in the center."

"So I should suppose."

"It is more than likely that the lake may be an

-57-

old crater," said Summerlee. "The whole
formation is, of course, highly volcanic. But,
however that may be, I should expect to find
the surface of the plateau slope inwards
with a considerable sheet of water in the
center, which may drain off, by some
subterranean channel, into the marshes of
the Jaracaca Swamp."

"Or evaporation might preserve an
equilibrium," remarked Challenger, and the
two learned men wandered off into one of
their usual scientific arguments, which were
as comprehensible as Chinese to the
layman.

On the sixth day we completed our first
circuit of the cliffs, and found ourselves
back at the first camp, beside the isolated
pinnacle of rock. We were a disconsolate
party, for nothing could have been more
minute than our investigation, and it was
absolutely certain that there was no single
point where the most active human being
could possibly hope to scale the cliff. The
place which Maple White's chalk-marks
had indicated as his own means of access
was now entirely impassable.

What were we to do now? Our stores of
provisions, supplemented by our guns,
were holding out well, but the day must
come when they would need replenishment.
In a couple of months the rains might be
expected, and we should be washed out of
our camp. The rock was harder than
marble, and any attempt at cutting a path for
so great a height was more than our time or
resources would admit. No wonder that we
looked gloomily at each other that night, and
sought our blankets with hardly a word
exchanged. I remember that as I dropped
off to sleep my last recollection was that
Challenger was squatting, like a monstrous
bull-frog, by the fire, his huge head in his
hands, sunk apparently in the deepest

thought, and entirely oblivious to the good-
night which I wished him.

But it was a very different Challenger who
greeted us in the morning--a Challenger
with contentment and self-congratulation
shining from his whole person. He faced us
as we assembled for breakfast with a
deprecating false modesty in his eyes, as
who should say, "I know that I deserve all
that you can say, but I pray you to spare my
blushes by not saying it." His beard bristled
exultantly, his chest was thrown out, and his
hand was thrust into the front of his jacket.
So, in his fancy, may he see himself
sometimes, gracing the vacant pedestal in
Trafalgar Square, and adding one more to
the horrors of the London streets.

"Eureka!" he cried, his teeth shining through
his beard. "Gentlemen, you may
congratulate me and we may congratulate
each other. The problem is solved."

"You have found a way up?"

"I venture to think so."

"And where?"

For answer he pointed to the spire-like
pinnacle upon our right.

Our faces--or mine, at least--fell as we
surveyed it. That it could be climbed we had
our companion's assurance. But a horrible
abyss lay between it and the plateau.

"We can never get across," I gasped.

"We can at least all reach the summit," said
he. "When we are up I may be able to show
you that the resources of an inventive mind
are not yet exhausted."

After breakfast we unpacked the bundle in

-58-

which our leader had brought his climbing
accessories. From it he took a coil of the
strongest and lightest rope, a hundred and
fifty feet in length, with climbing irons,
clamps, and other devices. Lord John was
an experienced mountaineer, and
Summerlee had done some rough climbing
at various times, so that I was really the
novice at rock-work of the party; but my
strength and activity may have made up for
my want of experience.

It was not in reality a very stiff task, though
there were moments which made my hair
bristle upon my head. The first half was
perfectly easy, but from there upwards it
became continually steeper until, for the last
fifty feet, we were literally clinging with our
fingers and toes to tiny ledges and crevices
in the rock. I could not have accomplished it,
nor could Summerlee, if Challenger had not
gained the summit (it was extraordinary to
see such activity in so unwieldy a creature)
and there fixed the rope round the trunk of
the considerable tree which grew there. With
this as our support, we were soon able to
scramble up the jagged wall until we found
ourselves upon the small grassy platform,
some twenty-five feet each way, which
formed the summit.

The first impression which I received when I
had recovered my breath was of the
extraordinary view over the country which
we had traversed. The whole Brazilian plain
seemed to lie beneath us, extending away
and away until it ended in dim blue mists
upon the farthest sky-line. In the foreground
was the long slope, strewn with rocks and
dotted with tree-ferns; farther off in the
middle distance, looking over the saddle-
back hill, I could just see the yellow and
green mass of bamboos through which we
had passed; and then, gradually, the
vegetation increased until it formed the
huge forest which extended as far as the

eyes could reach, and for a good two
thousand miles beyond.

I was still drinking in this wonderful
panorama when the heavy hand of the
Professor fell upon my shoulder.

"This way, my young friend," said he;
"vestigia nulla retrorsum. Never look
rearwards, but always to our glorious goal."

The level of the plateau, when I turned, was
exactly that on which we stood, and the
green bank of bushes, with occasional
trees, was so near that it was difficult to
realize how inaccessible it remained. At a
rough guess the gulf was forty feet across,
but, so far as I could see, it might as well
have been forty miles. I placed one arm
round the trunk of the tree and leaned over
the abyss. Far down were the small dark
figures of our servants, looking up at us. The
wall was absolutely precipitous, as was that
which faced me.

"This is indeed curious," said the creaking
voice of Professor Summerlee.

I turned, and found that he was examining
with great interest the tree to which I clung.
That smooth bark and those small, ribbed
leaves seemed familiar to my eyes. "Why," I
cried, "it's a beech!"

"Exactly," said Summerlee. "A fellow-
countryman in a far land."

"Not only a fellow-countryman, my good
sir," said Challenger, "but also, if I may be
allowed to enlarge your simile, an ally of the
first value. This beech tree will be our
saviour."

"By George!" cried Lord John, "a bridge!"

"Exactly, my friends, a bridge! It is not for

-59-

nothing that I expended an hour last night in
focusing my mind upon the situation. I have
some recollection of once remarking to our
young friend here that G. E. C. is at his best
when his back is to the wall. Last night you
will admit that all our backs were to the wall.
But where will-power and intellect go
together, there is always a way out. A
drawbridge had to be found which could be
dropped across the abyss. Behold it!"

It was certainly a brilliant idea. The tree was
a good sixty feet in height, and if it only fell
the right way it would easily cross the
chasm. Challenger had slung the camp axe
over his shoulder when he ascended. Now
he handed it to me.

"Our young friend has the thews and
sinews," said he. "I think he will be the most
useful at this task. I must beg, however, that
you will kindly refrain from thinking for
yourself, and that you will do exactly what
you are told."

Under his direction I cut such gashes in the
sides of the trees as would ensure that it
should fall as we desired. It had already a
strong, natural tilt in the direction of the
plateau, so that the matter was not difficult.
Finally I set to work in earnest upon the
trunk, taking turn and turn with Lord John. In
a little over an hour there was a loud crack,
the tree swayed forward, and then crashed
over, burying its branches among the
bushes on the farther side. The severed
trunk rolled to the very edge of our platform,
and for one terrible second we all thought it
was over. It balanced itself, however, a few
inches from the edge, and there was our
bridge to the unknown.

All of us, without a word, shook hands with
Professor Challenger, who raised his straw
hat and bowed deeply to each in turn.

"I claim the honor," said he, "to be the first to
cross to the unknown land--a fitting
subject, no doubt, for some future historical
painting."

He had approached the bridge when Lord
John laid his hand upon his coat.

"My dear chap," said he, "I really cannot
allow it."

"Cannot allow it, sir!" The head went back
and the beard forward.

"When it is a matter of science, don't you
know, I follow your lead because you are by
way of bein' a man of science. But it's up to
you to follow me when you come into my
department."

"Your department, sir?"

"We all have our professions, and soldierin'
is mine. We are, accordin' to my ideas,
invadin' a new country, which may or may
not be chock-full of enemies of sorts. To
barge blindly into it for want of a little
common sense and patience isn't my notion
of management."

The remonstrance was too reasonable to
be disregarded. Challenger tossed his
head and shrugged his heavy shoulders.

"Well, sir, what do you propose?"

"For all I know there may be a tribe of
cannibals waitin' for lunch-time among
those very bushes," said Lord John, looking
across the bridge. "It's better to learn
wisdom before you get into a cookin'-pot;
so we will content ourselves with hopin' that
there is no trouble waitin' for us, and at the
same time we will act as if there were.
Malone and I will go down again, therefore,
and we will fetch up the four rifles, together

-60-

with Gomez and the other. One man can
then go across and the rest will cover him
with guns, until he sees that it is safe for the
whole crowd to come along."

Challenger sat down upon the cut stump
and groaned his impatience; but
Summerlee and I were of one mind that
Lord John was our leader when such
practical details were in question. The climb
was a more simple thing now that the rope
dangled down the face of the worst part of
the ascent. Within an hour we had brought up
the rifles and a shot-gun. The half-breeds
had ascended also, and under Lord John's
orders they had carried up a bale of
provisions in case our first exploration
should be a long one. We had each
bandoliers of cartridges.

"Now, Challenger, if you really insist upon
being the first man in," said Lord John,
when every preparation was complete.

"I am much indebted to you for your gracious
permission," said the angry Professor; for
never was a man so intolerant of every form
of authority. "Since you are good enough to
allow it, I shall most certainly take it upon
myself to act as pioneer upon this
occasion."

Seating himself with a leg overhanging the
abyss on each side, and his hatchet slung
upon his back, Challenger hopped his way
across the trunk and was soon at the other
side. He clambered up and waved his arms
in the air.

"At last!" he cried; "at last!"

I gazed anxiously at him, with a vague
expectation that some terrible fate would
dart at him from the curtain of green behind
him. But all was quiet, save that a strange,
many colored bird flew up from under his

feet and vanished among the trees.

Summerlee was the second. His wiry
energy is wonderful in so frail a frame. He
insisted upon having two rifles slung upon
his back, so that both Professors were
armed when he had made his transit. I came
next, and tried hard not to look down into the
horrible gulf over which I was passing.
Summerlee held out the butt-end of his rifle,
and an instant later I was able to grasp his
hand. As to Lord John, he walked across--
actually walked without support! He must
have nerves of iron.

And there we were, the four of us, upon the
dreamland, the lost world, of Maple White.
To all of us it seemed the moment of our
supreme triumph. Who could have guessed
that it was the prelude to our supreme
disaster? Let me say in a few words how
the crushing blow fell upon us.

We had turned away from the edge, and had
penetrated about fifty yards of close
brushwood, when there came a frightful
rending crash from behind us. With one
impulse we rushed back the way that we
had come. The bridge was gone!

Far down at the base of the cliff I saw, as I
looked over, a tangled mass of branches
and splintered trunk. It was our beech tree.
Had the edge of the platform crumbled and
let it through? For a moment this explanation
was in all our minds. The next, from the
farther side of the rocky pinnacle before us
a swarthy face, the face of Gomez the half-
breed, was slowly protruded. Yes, it was
Gomez, but no longer the Gomez of the
demure smile and the mask-like
expression. Here was a face with flashing
eyes and distorted features, a face
convulsed with hatred and with the mad joy
of gratified revenge.

-61-

"Lord Roxton!" he shouted. "Lord John
Roxton!"

"Well," said our companion, "here I am."

A shriek of laughter came across the abyss.

"Yes, there you are, you English dog, and
there you will remain! I have waited and
waited, and now has come my chance. You
found it hard to get up; you will find it harder
to get down. You cursed fools, you are
trapped, every one of you!"

We were too astounded to speak. We could
only stand there staring in amazement. A
great broken bough upon the grass showed
whence he had gained his leverage to tilt
over our bridge. The face had vanished, but
presently it was up again, more frantic than
before.

"We nearly killed you with a stone at the
cave," he cried; "but this is better. It is
slower and more terrible. Your bones will
whiten up there, and none will know where
you lie or come to cover them. As you lie
dying, think of Lopez, whom you shot five
years ago on the Putomayo River. I am his
brother, and, come what will I will die happy
now, for his memory has been avenged." A
furious hand was shaken at us, and then all
was quiet.

Had the half-breed simply wrought his
vengeance and then escaped, all might
have been well with him. It was that foolish,
irresistible Latin impulse to be dramatic
which brought his own downfall. Roxton, the
man who had earned himself the name of
the Flail of the Lord through three countries,
was not one who could be safely taunted.
The half-breed was descending on the
farther side of the pinnacle; but before he
could reach the ground Lord John had run
along the edge of the plateau and gained a

point from which he could see his man.
There was a single crack of his rifle, and,
though we saw nothing, we heard the
scream and then the distant thud of the
falling body. Roxton came back to us with a
face of granite.

"I have been a blind simpleton," said he,
bitterly, "It's my folly that has brought you all
into this trouble. I should have remembered
that these people have long memories for
blood-feuds, and have been more upon my
guard."

"What about the other one? It took two of
them to lever that tree over the edge."

"I could have shot him, but I let him go. He
may have had no part in it. Perhaps it would
have been better if I had killed him, for he
must, as you say, have lent a hand."

Now that we had the clue to his action, each
of us could cast back and remember some
sinister act upon the part of the half-breed--
his constant desire to know our plans, his
arrest outside our tent when he was over-
hearing them, the furtive looks of hatred
which from time to time one or other of us
had surprised. We were still discussing it,
endeavoring to adjust our minds to these
new conditions, when a singular scene in
the plain below arrested our attention.

A man in white clothes, who could only be
the surviving half breed, was running as one
does run when Death is the pacemaker.
Behind him, only a few yards in his rear,
bounded the huge ebony figure of Zambo,
our devoted negro. Even as we looked, he
sprang upon the back of the fugitive and
flung his arms round his neck. They rolled on
the ground together. An instant afterwards
Zambo rose, looked at the prostrate man,
and then, waving his hand joyously to us,
came running in our direction. The white

-62-

figure lay motionless in the middle of the
great plain.

Our two traitors had been destroyed, but the
mischief that they had done lived after them.
By no possible means could we get back to
the pinnacle. We had been natives of the
world; now we were natives of the plateau.
The two things were separate and apart.
There was the plain which led to the canoes.
Yonder, beyond the violet, hazy horizon,
was the stream which led back to
civilization. But the link between was
missing. No human ingenuity could suggest
a means of bridging the chasm which
yawned between ourselves and our past
lives. One instant had altered the whole
conditions of our existence.

It was at such a moment that I learned the
stuff of which my three comrades were
composed. They were grave, it is true, and
thoughtful, but of an invincible serenity. For
the moment we could only sit among the
bushes in patience and wait the coming of
Zambo. Presently his honest black face
topped the rocks and his Herculean figure
emerged upon the top of the pinnacle.

"What I do now?" he cried. "You tell me and I
do it."

It was a question which it was easier to ask
than to answer. One thing only was clear. He
was our one trusty link with the outside
world. On no account must he leave us.

"No no!" he cried. "I not leave you. Whatever
come, you always find me here. But no able
to keep Indians. Already they say too much
Curupuri live on this place, and they go
home. Now you leave them me no able to
keep them."

It was a fact that our Indians had shown in
many ways of late that they were weary of

their journey and anxious to return. We
realized that Zambo spoke the truth, and
that it would be impossible for him to keep
them.

"Make them wait till to-morrow, Zambo," I
shouted; "then I can send letter back by
them."

"Very good, sarr! I promise they wait till to-
morrow, said the negro. "But what I do for
you now?"

There was plenty for him to do, and
admirably the faithful fellow did it. First of
all, under our directions, he undid the rope
from the tree-stump and threw one end of it
across to us. It was not thicker than a
clothes-line, but it was of great strength,
and though we could not make a bridge of
it, we might well find it invaluable if we had
any climbing to do. He then fastened his end
of the rope to the package of supplies
which had been carried up, and we were
able to drag it across. This gave us the
means of life for at least a week, even if we
found nothing else. Finally he descended
and carried up two other packets of mixed
goods--a box of ammunition and a number
of other things, all of which we got across by
throwing our rope to him and hauling it back.
It was evening when he at last climbed
down, with a final assurance that he would
keep the Indians till next morning.

And so it is that I have spent nearly the whole
of this our first night upon the plateau writing
up our experiences by the light of a single
candle-lantern.

We supped and camped at the very edge of
the cliff, quenching our thirst with two bottles
of Apollinaris which were in one of the
cases. It is vital to us to find water, but I think
even Lord John himself had had adventures
enough for one day, and none of us felt

-63-

inclined to make the first push into the
unknown. We forbore to light a fire or to
make any unnecessary sound.

To-morrow (or to-day, rather, for it is
already dawn as I write) we shall make our
first venture into this strange land. When I
shall be able to write again--or if I ever shall
write again--I know not. Meanwhile, I can
see that the Indians are still in their place,
and I am sure that the faithful Zambo will be
here presently to get my letter. I only trust that
it will come to hand.

P.S.--The more I think the more desperate
does our position seem. I see no possible
hope of our return. If there were a high tree
near the edge of the plateau we might drop
a return bridge across, but there is none
within fifty yards. Our united strength could
not carry a trunk which would serve our
purpose. The rope, of course, is far too
short that we could descend by it. No, our
position is hopeless--hopeless!

Chapter 10 The Most Wonderful Things Have
Happened

The most wonderful things have happened
and are continually happening to us. All the
paper that I possess consists of five old
note-books and a lot of scraps, and I have
only the one stylographic pencil; but so long
as I can move my hand I will continue to set
down our experiences and impressions,
for, since we are the only men of the whole
human race to see such things, it is of
enormous importance that I should record
them whilst they are fresh in my memory and
before that fate which seems to be
constantly impending does actually
overtake us. Whether Zambo can at last take
these letters to the river, or whether I shall
myself in some miraculous way carry them
back with me, or, finally, whether some
daring explorer, coming upon our tracks

with the advantage, perhaps, of a perfected
monoplane, should find this bundle of
manuscript, in any case I can see that what I
am writing is destined to immortality as a
classic of true adventure.

On the morning after our being trapped
upon the plateau by the villainous Gomez
we began a new stage in our experiences.
The first incident in it was not such as to give
me a very favorable opinion of the place to
which we had wandered. As I roused myself
from a short nap after day had dawned, my
eyes fell upon a most singular appearance
upon my own leg. My trouser had slipped
up, exposing a few inches of my skin above
my sock. On this there rested a large,
purplish grape. Astonished at the sight, I
leaned forward to pick it off, when, to my
horror, it burst between my finger and
thumb, squirting blood in every direction. My
cry of disgust had brought the two
professors to my side.

"Most interesting," said Summerlee,
bending over my shin. "An enormous blood-
tick, as yet, I believe, unclassified."

"The first-fruits of our labors," said
Challenger in his booming, pedantic
fashion. "We cannot do less than call it
Ixodes Maloni. The very small
inconvenience of being bitten, my young
friend, cannot, I am sure, weigh with you as
against the glorious privilege of having your
name inscribed in the deathless roll of
zoology. Unhappily you have crushed this
fine specimen at the moment of satiation."

"Filthy vermin!" I cried.

Professor Challenger raised his great
eyebrows in protest, and placed a soothing
paw upon my shoulder.

"You should cultivate the scientific eye and

-64-

the detached scientific mind," said he. "To a
man of philosophic temperament like
myself the blood-tick, with its lancet-like
proboscis and its distending stomach, is as
beautiful a work of Nature as the peacock
or, for that matter, the aurora borealis. It
pains me to hear you speak of it in so
unappreciative a fashion. No doubt, with
due diligence, we can secure some other
specimen."

"There can be no doubt of that," said
Summerlee, grimly, "for one has just
disappeared behind your shirt-collar."

Challenger sprang into the air bellowing like
a bull, and tore frantically at his coat and
shirt to get them off. Summerlee and I
laughed so that we could hardly help him. At
last we exposed that monstrous torso (fifty-
four inches, by the tailor's tape). His body
was all matted with black hair, out of which
jungle we picked the wandering tick before
it had bitten him. But the bushes round were
full of the horrible pests, and it was clear
that we must shift our camp.

But first of all it was necessary to make our
arrangements with the faithful negro, who
appeared presently on the pinnacle with a
number of tins of cocoa and biscuits, which
he tossed over to us. Of the stores which
remained below he was ordered to retain
as much as would keep him for two months.
The Indians were to have the remainder as
a reward for their services and as payment
for taking our letters back to the Amazon.
Some hours later we saw them in single file
far out upon the plain, each with a bundle on
his head, making their way back along the
path we had come. Zambo occupied our
little tent at the base of the pinnacle, and
there he remained, our one link with the
world below.

And now we had to decide upon our

immediate movements. We shifted our
position from among the tick-laden bushes
until we came to a small clearing thickly
surrounded by trees upon all sides. There
were some flat slabs of rock in the center,
with an excellent well close by, and there we
sat in cleanly comfort while we made our
first plans for the invasion of this new
country. Birds were calling among the
foliage--especially one with a peculiar
whooping cry which was new to us--but
beyond these sounds there were no signs
of life.

Our first care was to make some sort of list
of our own stores, so that we might know
what we had to rely upon. What with the
things we had ourselves brought up and
those which Zambo had sent across on the
rope, we were fairly well supplied. Most
important of all, in view of the dangers
which might surround us, we had our four
rifles and one thousand three hundred
rounds, also a shot-gun, but not more than a
hundred and fifty medium pellet cartridges.
In the matter of provisions we had enough to
last for several weeks, with a sufficiency of
tobacco and a few scientific implements,
including a large telescope and a good
field-glass. All these things we collected
together in the clearing, and as a first
precaution, we cut down with our hatchet
and knives a number of thorny bushes,
which we piled round in a circle some
fifteen yards in diameter. This was to be our
headquarters for the time--our place of
refuge against sudden danger and the
guard-house for our stores. Fort
Challenger, we called it.

IT was midday before we had made
ourselves secure, but the heat was not
oppressive, and the general character of
the plateau, both in its temperature and in its
vegetation, was almost temperate. The
beech, the oak, and even the birch were to

-65-

be found among the tangle of trees which
girt us in. One huge gingko tree, topping all
the others, shot its great limbs and
maidenhair foliage over the fort which we
had constructed. In its shade we continued
our discussion, while Lord John, who had
quickly taken command in the hour of
action, gave us his views.

"So long as neither man nor beast has seen
or heard us, we are safe," said he. "From
the time they know we are here our troubles
begin. There are no signs that they have
found us out as yet. So our game surely is to
lie low for a time and spy out the land. We
want to have a good look at our neighbors
before we get on visitin' terms."

"But we must advance," I ventured to
remark.

"By all means, sonny my boy! We will
advance. But with common sense. We must
never go so far that we can't get back to our
base. Above all, we must never, unless it is
life or death, fire off our guns."

"But YOU fired yesterday," said
Summerlee.

"Well, it couldn't be helped. However, the
wind was strong and blew outwards. It is not
likely that the sound could have traveled far
into the plateau. By the way, what shall we
call this place? I suppose it is up to us to
give it a name?"

There were several suggestions, more or
less happy, but Challenger's was final.

"It can only have one name," said he. "It is
called after the pioneer who discovered it. It
is Maple White Land."

Maple White Land it became, and so it is
named in that chart which has become my

special task. So it will, I trust, appear in the
atlas of the future.

The peaceful penetration of Maple White
Land was the pressing subject before us.
We had the evidence of our own eyes that
the place was inhabited by some unknown
creatures, and there was that of Maple
White's sketch-book to show that more
dreadful and more dangerous monsters
might still appear. That there might also
prove to be human occupants and that they
were of a malevolent character was
suggested by the skeleton impaled upon the
bamboos, which could not have got there
had it not been dropped from above. Our
situation, stranded without possibility of
escape in such a land, was clearly full of
danger, and our reasons endorsed every
measure of caution which Lord John's
experience could suggest. Yet it was surely
impossible that we should halt on the edge
of this world of mystery when our very souls
were tingling with impatience to push
forward and to pluck the heart from it.

We therefore blocked the entrance to our
zareba by filling it up with several thorny
bushes, and left our camp with the stores
entirely surrounded by this protecting
hedge. We then slowly and cautiously set
forth into the unknown, following the course
of the little stream which flowed from our
spring, as it should always serve us as a
guide on our return.

Hardly had we started when we came
across signs that there were indeed
wonders awaiting us. After a few hundred
yards of thick forest, containing many trees
which were quite unknown to me, but which
Summerlee, who was the botanist of the
party, recognized as forms of conifera and
of cycadaceous plants which have long
passed away in the world below, we
entered a region where the stream widened

-66-

out and formed a considerable bog. High
reeds of a peculiar type grew thickly before
us, which were pronounced to be
equisetacea, or mare's-tails, with tree-
ferns scattered amongst them, all of them
swaying in a brisk wind. Suddenly Lord
John, who was walking first, halted with
uplifted hand.

"Look at this!" said he. "By George, this
must be the trail of the father of all birds!"

An enormous three-toed track was
imprinted in the soft mud before us. The
creature, whatever it was, had crossed the
swamp and had passed on into the forest.
We all stopped to examine that monstrous
spoor. If it were indeed a bird--and what
animal could leave such a mark? its foot
was so much larger than an ostrich's that its
height upon the same scale must be
enormous. Lord John looked eagerly round
him and slipped two cartridges into his
elephant-gun.

"I'll stake my good name as a shikarree,"
said he, "that the track is a fresh one. The
creature has not passed ten minutes. Look
how the water is still oozing into that deeper
print! By Jove! See, here is the mark of a
little one!"

Sure enough, smaller tracks of the same
general form were running parallel to the
large ones.

"But what do you make of this?" cried
Professor Summerlee, triumphantly,
pointing to what looked like the huge print of
a five-fingered human hand appearing
among the three-toed marks.

"Wealden!" cried Challenger, in an ecstasy.
"I've seen them in the Wealden clay. It is a
creature walking erect upon three-toed
feet, and occasionally putting one of its five-

fingered forepaws upon the ground. Not a
bird, my dear Roxton--not a bird."

"A beast?"

"No; a reptile--a dinosaur. Nothing else
could have left such a track. They puzzled a
worthy Sussex doctor some ninety years
ago; but who in the world could have hoped-
-hoped--to have seen a sight like that?"

His words died away into a whisper, and
we all stood in motionless amazement.
Following the tracks, we had left the morass
and passed through a screen of brushwood
and trees. Beyond was an open glade, and
in this were five of the most extraordinary
creatures that I have ever seen. Crouching
down among the bushes, we observed
them at our leisure.

There were, as I say, five of them, two
being adults and three young ones. In size
they were enormous. Even the babies were
as big as elephants, while the two large
ones were far beyond all creatures I have
ever seen. They had slate-colored skin,
which was scaled like a lizard's and
shimmered where the sun shone upon it. All
five were sitting up, balancing themselves
upon their broad, powerful tails and their
huge three-toed hind-feet, while with their
small five-fingered front-feet they pulled
down the branches upon which they
browsed. I do not know that I can bring their
appearance home to you better than by
saying that they looked like monstrous
kangaroos, twenty feet in length, and with
skins like black crocodiles.

I do not know how long we stayed
motionless gazing at this marvelous
spectacle. A strong wind blew towards us
and we were well concealed, so there was
no chance of discovery. From time to time
the little ones played round their parents in

-67-

unwieldy gambols, the great beasts
bounding into the air and falling with dull
thuds upon the earth. The strength of the
parents seemed to be limitless, for one of
them, having some difficulty in reaching a
bunch of foliage which grew upon a
considerable-sized tree, put his fore-legs
round the trunk and tore it down as if it had
been a sapling. The action seemed, as I
thought, to show not only the great
development of its muscles, but also the
small one of its brain, for the whole weight
came crashing down upon the top of it, and
it uttered a series of shrill yelps to show that,
big as it was, there was a limit to what it
could endure. The incident made it think,
apparently, that the neighborhood was
dangerous, for it slowly lurched off through
the wood, followed by its mate and its three
enormous infants. We saw the shimmering
slaty gleam of their skins between the tree-
trunks, and their heads undulating high
above the brush-wood. Then they vanished
from our sight.

I looked at my comrades. Lord John was
standing at gaze with his finger on the
trigger of his elephant-gun, his eager
hunter's soul shining from his fierce eyes.
What would he not give for one such head to
place between the two crossed oars above
the mantelpiece in his snuggery at the
Albany! And yet his reason held him in, for
all our exploration of the wonders of this
unknown land depended upon our presence
being concealed from its inhabitants. The
two professors were in silent ecstasy. In
their excitement they had unconsciously
seized each other by the hand, and stood
like two little children in the presence of a
marvel, Challenger's cheeks bunched up
into a seraphic smile, and Summerlee's
sardonic face softening for the moment into
wonder and reverence.

"Nunc dimittis!" he cried at last. "What will

they say in England of this?"

"My dear Summerlee, I will tell you with
great confidence exactly what they will say
in England," said Challenger. "They will say
that you are an infernal liar and a scientific
charlatan, exactly as you and others said of
me."

"In the face of photographs?"

"Faked, Summerlee! Clumsily faked!"

"In the face of specimens?"

"Ah, there we may have them! Malone and
his filthy Fleet Street crew may be all yelping
our praises yet. August the twenty-eighth
the day we saw five live iguanodons in a
glade of Maple White Land. Put it down in
your diary, my young friend, and send it to
your rag."

"And be ready to get the toe-end of the
editorial boot in return," said Lord John.
"Things look a bit different from the latitude
of London, young fellah my lad. There's
many a man who never tells his adventures,
for he can't hope to be believed. Who's to
blame them? For this will seem a bit of a
dream to ourselves in a month or two. WHAT
did you say they were?"

"Iguanodons," said Summerlee. "You'll find
their footmarks all over the Hastings sands,
in Kent, and in Sussex. The South of
England was alive with them when there
was plenty of good lush green-stuff to keep
them going. Conditions have changed, and
the beasts died. Here it seems that the
conditions have not changed, and the
beasts have lived."

"If ever we get out of this alive, I must have a
head with me," said Lord John. "Lord, how
some of that Somaliland-Uganda crowd

-68-

would turn a beautiful pea-green if they saw
it! I don't know what you chaps think, but it
strikes me that we are on mighty thin ice all
this time."

I had the same feeling of mystery and
danger around us. In the gloom of the trees
there seemed a constant menace and as
we looked up into their shadowy foliage
vague terrors crept into one's heart. It is true
that these monstrous creatures which we
had seen were lumbering, inoffensive
brutes which were unlikely to hurt anyone,
but in this world of wonders what other
survivals might there not be--what fierce,
active horrors ready to pounce upon us from
their lair among the rocks or brushwood? I
knew little of prehistoric life, but I had a clear
remembrance of one book which I had read
in which it spoke of creatures who would
live upon our lions and tigers as a cat lives
upon mice. What if these also were to be
found in the woods of Maple White Land!

It was destined that on this very morning--
our first in the new country--we were to find
out what strange hazards lay around us. It
was a loathsome adventure, and one of
which I hate to think. If, as Lord John said,
the glade of the iguanodons will remain with
us as a dream, then surely the swamp of the
pterodactyls will forever be our nightmare.
Let me set down exactly what occurred.

We passed very slowly through the woods,
partly because Lord Roxton acted as scout
before he would let us advance, and partly
because at every second step one or other
of our professors would fall, with a cry of
wonder, before some flower or insect
which presented him with a new type. We
may have traveled two or three miles in all,
keeping to the right of the line of the stream,
when we came upon a considerable
opening in the trees. A belt of brushwood
led up to a tangle of rocks--the whole

plateau was strewn with boulders. We were
walking slowly towards these rocks, among
bushes which reached over our waists,
when we became aware of a strange low
gabbling and whistling sound, which filled
the air with a constant clamor and appeared
to come from some spot immediately
before us. Lord John held up his hand as a
signal for us to stop, and he made his way
swiftly, stooping and running, to the line of
rocks. We saw him peep over them and give
a gesture of amazement. Then he stood
staring as if forgetting us, so utterly
entranced was he by what he saw. Finally
he waved us to come on, holding up his
hand as a signal for caution. His whole
bearing made me feel that something
wonderful but dangerous lay before us.

Creeping to his side, we looked over the
rocks. The place into which we gazed was a
pit, and may, in the early days, have been
one of the smaller volcanic blow-holes of
the plateau. It was bowl-shaped and at the
bottom, some hundreds of yards from
where we lay, were pools of green-
scummed, stagnant water, fringed with
bullrushes. It was a weird place in itself, but
its occupants made it seem like a scene
from the Seven Circles of Dante. The place
was a rookery of pterodactyls. There were
hundreds of them congregated within view.
All the bottom area round the water-edge
was alive with their young ones, and with
hideous mothers brooding upon their
leathery, yellowish eggs. From this crawling
flapping mass of obscene reptilian life
came the shocking clamor which filled the
air and the mephitic, horrible, musty odor
which turned us sick. But above, perched
each upon its own stone, tall, gray, and
withered, more like dead and dried
specimens than actual living creatures, sat
the horrible males, absolutely motionless
save for the rolling of their red eyes or an
occasional snap of their rat-trap beaks as a

-69-

dragon-fly went past them. Their huge,
membranous wings were closed by folding
their fore-arms, so that they sat like gigantic
old women, wrapped in hideous web-
colored shawls, and with their ferocious
heads protruding above them. Large and
small, not less than a thousand of these
filthy creatures lay in the hollow before us.

Our professors would gladly have stayed
there all day, so entranced were they by this
opportunity of studying the life of a
prehistoric age. They pointed out the fish
and dead birds lying about among the rocks
as proving the nature of the food of these
creatures, and I heard them congratulating
each other on having cleared up the point
why the bones of this flying dragon are
found in such great numbers in certain well-
defined areas, as in the Cambridge Green-
sand, since it was now seen that, like
penguins, they lived in gregarious fashion.

Finally, however, Challenger, bent upon
proving some point which Summerlee had
contested, thrust his head over the rock and
nearly brought destruction upon us all. In an
instant the nearest male gave a shrill,
whistling cry, and flapped its twenty-foot
span of leathery wings as it soared up into
the air. The females and young ones
huddled together beside the water, while
the whole circle of sentinels rose one after
the other and sailed off into the sky. It was a
wonderful sight to see at least a hundred
creatures of such enormous size and
hideous appearance all swooping like
swallows with swift, shearing wing-strokes
above us; but soon we realized that it was
not one on which we could afford to linger.
At first the great brutes flew round in a huge
ring, as if to make sure what the exact
extent of the danger might be. Then, the
flight grew lower and the circle narrower,
until they were whizzing round and round us,
the dry, rustling flap of their huge slate-

colored wings filling the air with a volume of
sound that made me think of Hendon
aerodrome upon a race day.

"Make for the wood and keep together,"
cried Lord John, clubbing his rifle. "The
brutes mean mischief."

The moment we attempted to retreat the
circle closed in upon us, until the tips of the
wings of those nearest to us nearly touched
our faces. We beat at them with the stocks
of our guns, but there was nothing solid or
vulnerable to strike. Then suddenly out of the
whizzing, slate-colored circle a long neck
shot out, and a fierce beak made a thrust at
us. Another and another followed.
Summerlee gave a cry and put his hand to
his face, from which the blood was
streaming. I felt a prod at the back of my
neck, and turned dizzy with the shock.
Challenger fell, and as I stooped to pick him
up I was again struck from behind and
dropped on the top of him. At the same
instant I heard the crash of Lord John's
elephant-gun, and, looking up, saw one of
the creatures with a broken wing struggling
upon the ground, spitting and gurgling at us
with a wide-opened beak and blood-shot,
goggled eyes, like some devil in a medieval
picture. Its comrades had flown higher at the
sudden sound, and were circling above our
heads.

"Now," cried Lord John, "now for our lives!"

We staggered through the brushwood, and
even as we reached the trees the harpies
were on us again. Summerlee was knocked
down, but we tore him up and rushed
among the trunks. Once there we were
safe, for those huge wings had no space for
their sweep beneath the branches. As we
limped homewards, sadly mauled and
discomfited, we saw them for a long time
flying at a great height against the deep blue

-70-

sky above our heads, soaring round and
round, no bigger than wood-pigeons, with
their eyes no doubt still following our
progress. At last, however, as we reached
the thicker woods they gave up the chase,
and we saw them no more.

A most interesting and convincing
experience," said Challenger, as we halted
beside the brook and he bathed a swollen
knee. "We are exceptionally well informed,
Summerlee, as to the habits of the enraged
pterodactyl."

Summerlee was wiping the blood from a cut
in his forehead, while I was tying up a nasty
stab in the muscle of the neck. Lord John
had the shoulder of his coat torn away, but
the creature's teeth had only grazed the
flesh.

"It is worth noting," Challenger continued,
"that our young friend has received an
undoubted stab, while Lord John's coat
could only have been torn by a bite. In my
own case, I was beaten about the head by
their wings, so we have had a remarkable
exhibition of their various methods of
offence."

"It has been touch and go for our lives," said
Lord John, gravely, "and I could not think of
a more rotten sort of death than to be outed
by such filthy vermin. I was sorry to fire my
rifle, but, by Jove! there was no great
choice."

"We should not be here if you hadn't," said I,
with conviction.

"It may do no harm," said he. "Among these
woods there must be many loud cracks
from splitting or falling trees which would be
just like the sound of a gun. But now, if you
are of my opinion, we have had thrills
enough for one day, and had best get back

to the surgical box at the camp for some
carbolic. Who knows what venom these
beasts may have in their hideous jaws?"

But surely no men ever had just such a day
since the world began. Some fresh surprise
was ever in store for us. When, following the
course of our brook, we at last reached our
glade and saw the thorny barricade of our
camp, we thought that our adventures were
at an end. But we had something more to
think of before we could rest. The gate of
Fort Challenger had been untouched, the
walls were unbroken, and yet it had been
visited by some strange and powerful
creature in our absence. No foot-mark
showed a trace of its nature, and only the
overhanging branch of the enormous ginko
tree suggested how it might have come and
gone; but of its malevolent strength there
was ample evidence in the condition of our
stores. They were strewn at random all over
the ground, and one tin of meat had been
crushed into pieces so as to extract the
contents. A case of cartridges had been
shattered into matchwood, and one of the
brass shells lay shredded into pieces
beside it. Again the feeling of vague horror
came upon our souls, and we gazed round
with frightened eyes at the dark shadows
which lay around us, in all of which some
fearsome shape might be lurking. How
good it was when we were hailed by the
voice of Zambo, and, going to the edge of
the plateau, saw him sitting grinning at us
upon the top of the opposite pinnacle.

"All well, Massa Challenger, all well!" he
cried. "Me stay here. No fear. You always
find me when you want."

His honest black face, and the immense
view before us, which carried us half-way
back to the affluent of the Amazon, helped
us to remember that we really were upon
this earth in the twentieth century, and had

-71-

not by some magic been conveyed to some
raw planet in its earliest and wildest state.
How difficult it was to realize that the violet
line upon the far horizon was well advanced
to that great river upon which huge
steamers ran, and folk talked of the small
affairs of life, while we, marooned among
the creatures of a bygone age, could but
gaze towards it and yearn for all that it
meant!

One other memory remains with me of this
wonderful day, and with it I will close this
letter. The two professors, their tempers
aggravated no doubt by their injuries, had
fallen out as to whether our assailants were
of the genus pterodactylus or dimorphodon,
and high words had ensued. To avoid their
wrangling I moved some little way apart,
and was seated smoking upon the trunk of a
fallen tree, when Lord John strolled over in
my direction.

"I say, Malone," said he, "do you remember
that place where those beasts were?"

"Very clearly."

"A sort of volcanic pit, was it not?"

"Exactly," said I.

"Did you notice the soil?"

"Rocks."

"But round the water--where the reeds
were?"

"It was a bluish soil. It looked like clay."

"Exactly. A volcanic tube full of blue clay."

"What of that?" I asked.

"Oh, nothing, nothing," said he, and strolled

back to where the voices of the contending
men of science rose in a prolonged duet,
the high, strident note of Summerlee rising
and falling to the sonorous bass of
Challenger. I should have thought no more
of Lord John's remark were it not that once
again that night I heard him mutter to
himself: "Blue clay--clay in a volcanic tube!"
They were the last words I heard before I
dropped into an exhausted sleep.

Chapter 11 For Once I Was The Hero

Lord John Roxton was right when he thought
that some specially toxic quality might lie in
the bite of the horrible creatures which had
attacked us. On the morning after our first
adventure upon the plateau, both
Summerlee and I were in great pain and
fever, while Challenger's knee was so
bruised that he could hardly limp. We kept to
our camp all day, therefore, Lord John
busying himself, with such help as we could
give him, in raising the height and thickness
of the thorny walls which were our only
defense. I remember that during the whole
long day I was haunted by the feeling that
we were closely observed, though by whom
or whence I could give no guess.

So strong was the impression that I told
Professor Challenger of it, who put it down
to the cerebral excitement caused by my
fever. Again and again I glanced round
swiftly, with the conviction that I was about
to see something, but only to meet the dark
tangle of our hedge or the solemn and
cavernous gloom of the great trees which
arched above our heads. And yet the feeling
grew ever stronger in my own mind that
something observant and something
malevolent was at our very elbow. I thought
of the Indian superstition of the Curupuri--
the dreadful, lurking spirit of the woods--
and I could have imagined that his terrible
presence haunted those who had invaded

-72-

his most remote and sacred retreat.

That night (our third in Maple White Land) we
had an experience which left a fearful
impression upon our minds, and made us
thankful that Lord John had worked so hard
in making our retreat impregnable. We were
all sleeping round our dying fire when we
were aroused--or, rather, I should say, shot
out of our slumbers--by a succession of the
most frightful cries and screams to which I
have ever listened. I know no sound to which
I could compare this amazing tumult, which
seemed to come from some spot within a
few hundred yards of our camp. It was as
ear-splitting as any whistle of a railway-
engine; but whereas the whistle is a clear,
mechanical, sharp-edged sound, this was
far deeper in volume and vibrant with the
uttermost strain of agony and horror. We
clapped our hands to our ears to shut out
that nerve-shaking appeal. A cold sweat
broke out over my body, and my heart
turned sick at the misery of it. All the woes of
tortured life, all its stupendous indictment of
high heaven, its innumerable sorrows,
seemed to be centered and condensed into
that one dreadful, agonized cry. And then,
under this high-pitched, ringing sound there
was another, more intermittent, a low,
deep-chested laugh, a growling, throaty
gurgle of merriment which formed a
grotesque accompaniment to the shriek
with which it was blended. For three or four
minutes on end the fearsome duet
continued, while all the foliage rustled with
the rising of startled birds. Then it shut off as
suddenly as it began. For a long time we sat
in horrified silence. Then Lord John threw a
bundle of twigs upon the fire, and their red
glare lit up the intent faces of my
companions and flickered over the great
boughs above our heads.

"What was it?" I whispered.

"We shall know in the morning," said Lord
John. "It was close to us--not farther than
the glade."

"We have been privileged to overhear a
prehistoric tragedy, the sort of drama which
occurred among the reeds upon the border
of some Jurassic lagoon, when the greater
dragon pinned the lesser among the slime,"
said Challenger, with more solemnity than I
had ever heard in his voice. "It was surely
well for man that he came late in the order of
creation. There were powers abroad in
earlier days which no courage and no
mechanism of his could have met. What
could his sling, his throwing-stick, or his
arrow avail him against such forces as have
been loose to-night? Even with a modern
rifle it would be all odds on the monster."

"I think I should back my little friend," said
Lord John, caressing his Express. "But the
beast would certainly have a good sporting
chance."

Summerlee raised his hand.

"Hush!" he cried. "Surely I hear something?"

From the utter silence there emerged a
deep, regular pat-pat. It was the tread of
some animal--the rhythm of soft but heavy
pads placed cautiously upon the ground. It
stole slowly round the camp, and then halted
near our gateway. There was a low, sibilant
rise and fall--the breathing of the creature.
Only our feeble hedge separated us from
this horror of the night. Each of us had
seized his rifle, and Lord John had pulled
out a small bush to make an embrasure in
the hedge.

"By George!" he whispered. "I think I can
see it!"

I stooped and peered over his shoulder

-73-

through the gap. Yes, I could see it, too. In
the deep shadow of the tree there was a
deeper shadow yet, black, inchoate,
vague--a crouching form full of savage
vigor and menace. It was no higher than a
horse, but the dim outline suggested vast
bulk and strength. That hissing pant, as
regular and full-volumed as the exhaust of
an engine, spoke of a monstrous organism.
Once, as it moved, I thought I saw the glint of
two terrible, greenish eyes. There was an
uneasy rustling, as if it were crawling slowly
forward.

"I believe it is going to spring!" said I,
cocking my rifle.

"Don't fire! Don't fire!" whispered Lord
John. "The crash of a gun in this silent night
would be heard for miles. Keep it as a last
card."

"If it gets over the hedge we're done," said
Summerlee, and his voice crackled into a
nervous laugh as he spoke.

"No, it must not get over," cried Lord John;
"but hold your fire to the last. Perhaps I can
make something of the fellow. I'll chance it,
anyhow."

It was as brave an act as ever I saw a man
do. He stooped to the fire, picked up a
blazing branch, and slipped in an instant
through a sallyport which he had made in
our gateway. The thing moved forward with
a dreadful snarl. Lord John never hesitated,
but, running towards it with a quick, light
step, he dashed the flaming wood into the
brute's face. For one moment I had a vision
of a horrible mask like a giant toad's, of a
warty, leprous skin, and of a loose mouth all
beslobbered with fresh blood. The next,
there was a crash in the underwood and our
dreadful visitor was gone.

"I thought he wouldn't face the fire," said
Lord John, laughing, as he came back and
threw his branch among the faggots.

"You should not have taken such a risk!" we
all cried.

"There was nothin' else to be done. If he had
got among us we should have shot each
other in tryin' to down him. On the other
hand, if we had fired through the hedge and
wounded him he would soon have been on
the top of us--to say nothin' of giving
ourselves away. On the whole, I think that
we are jolly well out of it. What was he,
then?"

Our learned men looked at each other with
some hesitation.

"Personally, I am unable to classify the
creature with any certainty," said
Summerlee, lighting his pipe from the fire.

"In refusing to commit yourself you are but
showing a proper scientific reserve," said
Challenger, with massive condescension. "I
am not myself prepared to go farther than to
say in general terms that we have almost
certainly been in contact to-night with some
form of carnivorous dinosaur. I have already
expressed my anticipation that something
of the sort might exist upon this plateau."

"We have to bear in mind," remarked
Summerlee, that there are many prehistoric
forms which have never come down to us. It
would be rash to suppose that we can give
a name to all that we are likely to meet."

"Exactly. A rough classification may be the
best that we can attempt. To-morrow some
further evidence may help us to an
identification. Meantime we can only renew
our interrupted slumbers."

-74-

"But not without a sentinel," said Lord John,
with decision. "We can't afford to take
chances in a country like this. Two-hour
spells in the future, for each of us."

"Then I'll just finish my pipe in starting the
first one," said Professor Summerlee; and
from that time onwards we never trusted
ourselves again without a watchman.

In the morning it was not long before we
discovered the source of the hideous
uproar which had aroused us in the night.
The iguanodon glade was the scene of a
horrible butchery. From the pools of blood
and the enormous lumps of flesh scattered
in every direction over the green sward we
imagined at first that a number of animals
had been killed, but on examining the
remains more closely we discovered that all
this carnage came from one of these
unwieldy monsters, which had been literally
torn to pieces by some creature not larger,
perhaps, but far more ferocious, than itself.

Our two professors sat in absorbed
argument, examining piece after piece,
which showed the marks of savage teeth
and of enormous claws.

"Our judgment must still be in abeyance,"
said Professor Challenger, with a huge slab
of whitish-colored flesh across his knee.
"The indications would be consistent with
the presence of a saber-toothed tiger, such
as are still found among the breccia of our
caverns; but the creature actually seen was
undoubtedly of a larger and more reptilian
character. Personally, I should pronounce
for allosaurus."

"Or megalosaurus," said Summerlee.

"Exactly. Any one of the larger carnivorous
dinosaurs would meet the case. Among
them are to be found all the most terrible

types of animal life that have ever cursed
the earth or blessed a museum." He
laughed sonorously at his own conceit, for,
though he had little sense of humor, the
crudest pleasantry from his own lips moved
him always to roars of appreciation.

"The less noise the better," said Lord
Roxton, curtly. "We don't know who or what
may be near us. If this fellah comes back for
his breakfast and catches us here we won't
have so much to laugh at. By the way, what
is this mark upon the iguanodon's hide?"

On the dull, scaly, slate-colored skin
somewhere above the shoulder, there was
a singular black circle of some substance
which looked like asphalt. None of us could
suggest what it meant, though Summerlee
was of opinion that he had seen something
similar upon one of the young ones two
days before. Challenger said nothing, but
looked pompous and puffy, as if he could if
he would, so that finally Lord John asked his
opinion direct.

"If your lordship will graciously permit me to
open my mouth, I shall be happy to express
my sentiments," said he, with elaborate
sarcasm. I am not in the habit of being taken
to task in the fashion which seems to be
customary with your lordship. I was not
aware that it was necessary to ask your
permission before smiling at a harmless
pleasantry."

It was not until he had received his apology
that our touchy friend would suffer himself to
be appeased. When at last his ruffled
feelings were at ease, he addressed us at
some length from his seat upon a fallen
tree, speaking, as his habit was, as if he
were imparting most precious information
to a class of a thousand.

"With regard to the marking," said he, "I am

-75-

inclined to agree with my friend and
colleague, Professor Summerlee, that the
stains are from asphalt. As this plateau is, in
its very nature, highly volcanic, and as
asphalt is a substance which one
associates with Plutonic forces, I cannot
doubt that it exists in the free liquid state,
and that the creatures may have come in
contact with it. A much more important
problem is the question as to the existence
of the carnivorous monster which has left its
traces in this glade. We know roughly that
this plateau is not larger than an average
English county. Within this confined space a
certain number of creatures, mostly types
which have passed away in the world
below, have lived together for innumerable
years. Now, it is very clear to me that in so
long a period one would have expected that
the carnivorous creatures, multiplying
unchecked, would have exhausted their
food supply and have been compelled to
either modify their flesh-eating habits or die
of hunger. This we see has not been so. We
can only imagine, therefore, that the
balance of Nature is preserved by some
check which limits the numbers of these
ferocious creatures. One of the many
interesting problems, therefore, which
await our solution is to discover what that
check may be and how it operates. I venture
to trust that we may have some future
opportunity for the closer study of the
carnivorous dinosaurs."

"And I venture to trust we may not," I
observed.

The Professor only raised his great
eyebrows, as the schoolmaster meets the
irrelevant observation of the naughty boy.

"Perhaps Professor Summerlee may have
an observation to make," he said, and the
two savants ascended together into some
rarefied scientific atmosphere, where the

possibilities of a modification of the birth-
rate were weighed against the decline of
the food supply as a check in the struggle
for existence.

That morning we mapped out a small
portion of the plateau, avoiding the swamp
of the pterodactyls, and keeping to the east
of our brook instead of to the west. In that
direction the country was still thickly
wooded, with so much undergrowth that our
progress was very slow.

I have dwelt up to now upon the terrors of
Maple White Land; but there was another
side to the subject, for all that morning we
wandered among lovely flowers--mostly,
as I observed, white or yellow in color, these
being, as our professors explained, the
primitive flower-shades. In many places the
ground was absolutely covered with them,
and as we walked ankle-deep on that
wonderful yielding carpet, the scent was
almost intoxicating in its sweetness and
intensity. The homely English bee buzzed
everywhere around us. Many of the trees
under which we passed had their branches
bowed down with fruit, some of which were
of familiar sorts, while other varieties were
new. By observing which of them were
pecked by the birds we avoided all danger
of poison and added a delicious variety to
our food reserve. In the jungle which we
traversed were numerous hard-trodden
paths made by the wild beasts, and in the
more marshy places we saw a profusion of
strange footmarks, including many of the
iguanodon. Once in a grove we observed
several of these great creatures grazing,
and Lord John, with his glass, was able to
report that they also were spotted with
asphalt, though in a different place to the
one which we had examined in the morning.
What this phenomenon meant we could not
imagine.

-76-

We saw many small animals, such as
porcupines, a scaly ant-eater, and a wild
pig, piebald in color and with long curved
tusks. Once, through a break in the trees,
we saw a clear shoulder of green hill some
distance away, and across this a large dun-
colored animal was traveling at a
considerable pace. It passed so swiftly that
we were unable to say what it was; but if it
were a deer, as was claimed by Lord John,
it must have been as large as those
monstrous Irish elk which are still dug up
from time to time in the bogs of my native
land.

Ever since the mysterious visit which had
been paid to our camp we always returned
to it with some misgivings. However, on this
occasion we found everything in order.

That evening we had a grand discussion
upon our present situation and future plans,
which I must describe at some length, as it
led to a new departure by which we were
enabled to gain a more complete
knowledge of Maple White Land than might
have come in many weeks of exploring. It
was Summerlee who opened the debate.
All day he had been querulous in manner,
and now some remark of Lord John's as to
what we should do on the morrow brought
all his bitterness to a head.

"What we ought to be doing to-day, to-
morrow, and all the time," said he, "is
finding some way out of the trap into which
we have fallen. You are all turning your
brains towards getting into this country. I say
that we should be scheming how to get out
of it."

"I am surprised, sir," boomed Challenger,
stroking his majestic beard, "that any man
of science should commit himself to so
ignoble a sentiment. You are in a land which
offers such an inducement to the ambitious

naturalist as none ever has since the world
began, and you suggest leaving it before
we have acquired more than the most
superficial knowledge of it or of its contents.
I expected better things of you, Professor
Summerlee."

"You must remember," said Summerlee,
sourly, "that I have a large class in London
who are at present at the mercy of an
extremely inefficient locum tenens. This
makes my situation different from yours,
Professor Challenger, since, so far as I
know, you have never been entrusted with
any responsible educational work."

"Quite so," said Challenger. "I have felt it to
be a sacrilege to divert a brain which is
capable of the highest original research to
any lesser object. That is why I have sternly
set my face against any proffered
scholastic appointment."

"For example?" asked Summerlee, with a
sneer; but Lord John hastened to change
the conversation.

"I must say," said he, "that I think it would be
a mighty poor thing to go back to London
before I know a great deal more of this
place than I do at present."

"I could never dare to walk into the back
office of my paper and face old McArdle,"
said I. (You will excuse the frankness of this
report, will you not, sir?) "He'd never forgive
me for leaving such unexhausted copy
behind me. Besides, so far as I can see it is
not worth discussing, since we can't get
down, even if we wanted."

"Our young friend makes up for many
obvious mental lacunae by some measure
of primitive common sense, remarked
Challenger. "The interests of his deplorable
profession are immaterial to us; but, as he

-77-

observes, we cannot get down in any case,
so it is a waste of energy to discuss it."

"It is a waste of energy to do anything else,"
growled Summerlee from behind his pipe.
"Let me remind you that we came here upon
a perfectly definite mission, entrusted to us
at the meeting of the Zoological Institute in
London. That mission was to test the truth of
Professor Challenger's statements. Those
statements, as I am bound to admit, we are
now in a position to endorse. Our ostensible
work is therefore done. As to the detail
which remains to be worked out upon this
plateau, it is so enormous that only a large
expedition, with a very special equipment,
could hope to cope with it. Should we
attempt to do so ourselves, the only
possible result must be that we shall never
return with the important contribution to
science which we have already gained.
Professor Challenger has devised means
for getting us on to this plateau when it
appeared to be inaccessible; I think that we
should now call upon him to use the same
ingenuity in getting us back to the world
from which we came."

I confess that as Summerlee stated his view
it struck me as altogether reasonable. Even
Challenger was affected by the
consideration that his enemies would never
stand confuted if the confirmation of his
statements should never reach those who
had doubted them.

"The problem of the descent is at first sight
a formidable one," said he, "and yet I cannot
doubt that the intellect can solve it. I am
prepared to agree with our colleague that a
protracted stay in Maple White Land is at
present inadvisable, and that the question
of our return will soon have to be faced. I
absolutely refuse to leave, however, until
we have made at least a superficial
examination of this country, and are able to

take back with us something in the nature of
a chart."

Professor Summerlee gave a snort of
impatience.

"We have spent two long days in
exploration," said he, "and we are no wiser
as to the actual geography of the place than
when we started. It is clear that it is all thickly
wooded, and it would take months to
penetrate it and to learn the relations of one
part to another. If there were some central
peak it would be different, but it all slopes
downwards, so far as we can see. The
farther we go the less likely it is that we will
get any general view."

It was at that moment that I had my
inspiration. My eyes chanced to light upon
the enormous gnarled trunk of the gingko
tree which cast its huge branches over us.
Surely, if its bole exceeded that of all
others, its height must do the same. If the
rim of the plateau was indeed the highest
point, then why should this mighty tree not
prove to be a watchtower which
commanded the whole country? Now, ever
since I ran wild as a lad in Ireland I have
been a bold and skilled tree-climber. My
comrades might be my masters on the
rocks, but I knew that I would be supreme
among those branches. Could I only get my
legs on to the lowest of the giant off-shoots,
then it would be strange indeed if I could not
make my way to the top. My comrades were
delighted at my idea.

"Our young friend," said Challenger,
bunching up the red apples of his cheeks,
"is capable of acrobatic exertions which
would be impossible to a man of a more
solid, though possibly of a more
commanding, appearance. I applaud his
resolution."

-78-

"By George, young fellah, you've put your
hand on it!" said Lord John, clapping me on
the back. "How we never came to think of it
before I can't imagine! There's not more
than an hour of daylight left, but if you take
your notebook you may be able to get some
rough sketch of the place. If we put these
three ammunition cases under the branch, I
will soon hoist you on to it."

He stood on the boxes while I faced the
trunk, and was gently raising me when
Challenger sprang forward and gave me
such a thrust with his huge hand that he fairly
shot me into the tree. With both arms
clasping the branch, I scrambled hard with
my feet until I had worked, first my body,
and then my knees, onto it. There were
three excellent off-shoots, like huge rungs
of a ladder, above my head, and a tangle of
convenient branches beyond, so that I
clambered onwards with such speed that I
soon lost sight of the ground and had
nothing but foliage beneath me. Now and
then I encountered a check, and once I had
to shin up a creeper for eight or ten feet, but
I made excellent progress, and the booming
of Challenger's voice seemed to be a great
distance beneath me. The tree was,
however, enormous, and, looking upwards,
I could see no thinning of the leaves above
my head. There was some thick, bush-like
clump which seemed to be a parasite upon
a branch up which I was swarming. I leaned
my head round it in order to see what was
beyond, and I nearly fell out of the tree in my
surprise and horror at what I saw.

A face was gazing into mine--at the
distance of only a foot or two. The creature
that owned it had been crouching behind the
parasite, and had looked round it at the
same instant that I did. It was a human face-
-or at least it was far more human than any
monkey's that I have ever seen. It was long,
whitish, and blotched with pimples, the

nose flattened, and the lower jaw
projecting, with a bristle of coarse whiskers
round the chin. The eyes, which were under
thick and heavy brows, were bestial and
ferocious, and as it opened its mouth to
snarl what sounded like a curse at me I
observed that it had curved, sharp canine
teeth. For an instant I read hatred and
menace in the evil eyes. Then, as quick as a
flash, came an expression of overpowering
fear. There was a crash of broken boughs
as it dived wildly down into the tangle of
green. I caught a glimpse of a hairy body
like that of a reddish pig, and then it was
gone amid a swirl of leaves and branches.

"What's the matter?" shouted Roxton from
below. "Anything wrong with you?"

"Did you see it?" I cried, with my arms round
the branch and all my nerves tingling.

"We heard a row, as if your foot had slipped.
What was it?"

I was so shocked at the sudden and strange
appearance of this ape-man that I hesitated
whether I should not climb down again and
tell my experience to my companions. But I
was already so far up the great tree that it
seemed a humiliation to return without
having carried out my mission.

After a long pause, therefore, to recover my
breath and my courage, I continued my
ascent. Once I put my weight upon a rotten
branch and swung for a few seconds by my
hands, but in the main it was all easy
climbing. Gradually the leaves thinned
around me, and I was aware, from the wind
upon my face, that I had topped all the trees
of the forest. I was determined, however,
not to look about me before I had reached
the very highest point, so I scrambled on
until I had got so far that the topmost branch
was bending beneath my weight. There I

-79-

settled into a convenient fork, and,
balancing myself securely, I found myself
looking down at a most wonderful
panorama of this strange country in which
we found ourselves.

The sun was just above the western sky-
line, and the evening was a particularly
bright and clear one, so that the whole
extent of the plateau was visible beneath
me. It was, as seen from this height, of an
oval contour, with a breadth of about thirty
miles and a width of twenty. Its general
shape was that of a shallow funnel, all the
sides sloping down to a considerable lake
in the center. This lake may have been ten
miles in circumference, and lay very green
and beautiful in the evening light, with a
thick fringe of reeds at its edges, and with
its surface broken by several yellow
sandbanks, which gleamed golden in the
mellow sunshine. A number of long dark
objects, which were too large for alligators
and too long for canoes, lay upon the edges
of these patches of sand. With my glass I
could clearly see that they were alive, but
what their nature might be I could not
imagine.

From the side of the plateau on which we
were, slopes of woodland, with occasional
glades, stretched down for five or six miles
to the central lake. I could see at my very feet
the glade of the iguanodons, and farther off
was a round opening in the trees which
marked the swamp of the pterodactyls. On
the side facing me, however, the plateau
presented a very different aspect. There the
basalt cliffs of the outside were reproduced
upon the inside, forming an escarpment
about two hundred feet high, with a woody
slope beneath it. Along the base of these
red cliffs, some distance above the ground,
I could see a number of dark holes through
the glass, which I conjectured to be the
mouths of caves. At the opening of one of

these something white was shimmering,
but I was unable to make out what it was. I
sat charting the country until the sun had set
and it was so dark that I could no longer
distinguish details. Then I climbed down to
my companions waiting for me so eagerly
at the bottom of the great tree. For once I
was the hero of the expedition. Alone I had
thought of it, and alone I had done it; and
here was the chart which would save us a
month's blind groping among unknown
dangers. Each of them shook me solemnly
by the hand.

But before they discussed the details of my
map I had to tell them of my encounter with
the ape-man among the branches.

"He has been there all the time," said I.

"How do you know that?" asked Lord John.

"Because I have never been without that
feeling that something malevolent was
watching us. I mentioned it to you,
Professor Challenger."

"Our young friend certainly said something
of the kind. He is also the one among us
who is endowed with that Celtic
temperament which would make him
sensitive to such impressions."

"The whole theory of telepathy----" began
Summerlee, filling his pipe.

"Is too vast to be now discussed," said
Challenger, with decision. "Tell me, now,"
he added, with the air of a bishop
addressing a Sunday-school, "did you
happen to observe whether the creature
could cross its thumb over its palm?"

"No, indeed."

"Had it a tail?"

-80-

"No."

"Was the foot prehensile?"

"I do not think it could have made off so fast
among the branches if it could not get a grip
with its feet."

"In South America there are, if my memory
serves me--you will check the observation,
Professor Summerlee--some thirty-six
species of monkeys, but the anthropoid ape
is unknown. It is clear, however, that he
exists in this country, and that he is not the
hairy, gorilla-like variety, which is never
seen out of Africa or the East." (I was
inclined to interpolate, as I looked at him,
that I had seen his first cousin in
Kensington.) "This is a whiskered and
colorless type, the latter characteristic
pointing to the fact that he spends his days
in arboreal seclusion. The question which
we have to face is whether he approaches
more closely to the ape or the man. In the
latter case, he may well approximate to
what the vulgar have called the `missing
link.' The solution of this problem is our
immediate duty."

"It is nothing of the sort," said Summerlee,
abruptly. "Now that, through the intelligence
and activity of Mr. Malone" (I cannot help
quoting the words), "we have got our chart,
our one and only immediate duty is to get
ourselves safe and sound out of this awful
place."

"The flesh-pots of civilization," groaned
Challenger.

"The ink-pots of civilization, sir. It is our task
to put on record what we have seen, and to
leave the further exploration to others. You
all agreed as much before Mr. Malone got
us the chart."

"Well," said Challenger, "I admit that my
mind will be more at ease when I am
assured that the result of our expedition has
been conveyed to our friends. How we are
to get down from this place I have not as yet
an idea. I have never yet encountered any
problem, however, which my inventive brain
was unable to solve, and I promise you that
to-morrow I will turn my attention to the
question of our descent." And so the matter
was allowed to rest.

But that evening, by the light of the fire and
of a single candle, the first map of the lost
world was elaborated. Every detail which I
had roughly noted from my watch-tower
was drawn out in its relative place.
Challenger's pencil hovered over the great
blank which marked the lake.

"What shall we call it?" he asked.

"Why should you not take the chance of
perpetuating your own name?" said
Summerlee, with his usual touch of acidity.

"I trust, sir, that my name will have other and
more personal claims upon posterity," said
Challenger, severely. "Any ignoramus can
hand down his worthless memory by
imposing it upon a mountain or a river. I
need no such monument."

Summerlee, with a twisted smile, was
about to make some fresh assault when
Lord John hastened to intervene.

"It's up to you, young fellah, to name the
lake," said he. "You saw it first, and, by
George, if you choose to put `Lake Malone'
on it, no one has a better right."

"By all means. Let our young friend give it a
name," said Challenger.

"Then, said I, blushing, I dare say, as I said

-81-

it, "let it be named Lake Gladys."

"Don't you think the Central Lake would be
more descriptive?" remarked Summerlee.

"I should prefer Lake Gladys."

Challenger looked at me sympathetically,
and shook his great head in mock
disapproval. "Boys will be boys," said he.
"Lake Gladys let it be."

Chapter 12 It Was Dreadful In The Forest

I have said--or perhaps I have not said, for
my memory plays me sad tricks these days-
-that I glowed with pride when three such
men as my comrades thanked me for
having saved, or at least greatly helped, the
situation. As the youngster of the party, not
merely in years, but in experience,
character, knowledge, and all that goes to
make a man, I had been overshadowed
from the first. And now I was coming into my
own. I warmed at the thought. Alas! for the
pride which goes before a fall! That little
glow of self-satisfaction, that added
measure of self-confidence, were to lead
me on that very night to the most dreadful
experience of my life, ending with a shock
which turns my heart sick when I think of it.

It came about in this way. I had been unduly
excited by the adventure of the tree, and
sleep seemed to be impossible.
Summerlee was on guard, sitting hunched
over our small fire, a quaint, angular figure,
his rifle across his knees and his pointed,
goat-like beard wagging with each weary
nod of his head. Lord John lay silent,
wrapped in the South American poncho
which he wore, while Challenger snored
with a roll and rattle which reverberated
through the woods. The full moon was
shining brightly, and the air was crisply cold.
What a night for a walk! And then suddenly

came the thought, "Why not?" Suppose I
stole softly away, suppose I made my way
down to the central lake, suppose I was
back at breakfast with some record of the
place would I not in that case be thought an
even more worthy associate? Then, if
Summerlee carried the day and some
means of escape were found, we should
return to London with first-hand knowledge
of the central mystery of the plateau, to
which I alone, of all men, would have
penetrated. I thought of Gladys, with her
"There are heroisms all round us." I seemed
to hear her voice as she said it. I thought
also of McArdle. What a three column article
for the paper! What a foundation for a
career! A correspondentship in the next
great war might be within my reach. I
clutched at a gun--my pockets were full of
cartridges--and, parting the thorn bushes
at the gate of our zareba, quickly slipped
out. My last glance showed me the
unconscious Summerlee, most futile of
sentinels, still nodding away like a queer
mechanical toy in front of the smouldering
fire.

I had not gone a hundred yards before I
deeply repented my rashness. I may have
said somewhere in this chronicle that I am
too imaginative to be a really courageous
man, but that I have an overpowering fear of
seeming afraid. This was the power which
now carried me onwards. I simply could not
slink back with nothing done. Even if my
comrades should not have missed me, and
should never know of my weakness, there
would still remain some intolerable self-
shame in my own soul. And yet I shuddered
at the position in which I found myself, and
would have given all I possessed at that
moment to have been honorably free of the
whole business.

It was dreadful in the forest. The trees grew
so thickly and their foliage spread so widely

-82-

that I could see nothing of the moon-light
save that here and there the high branches
made a tangled filigree against the starry
sky. As the eyes became more used to the
obscurity one learned that there were
different degrees of darkness among the
trees--that some were dimly visible, while
between and among them there were coal-
black shadowed patches, like the mouths of
caves, from which I shrank in horror as I
passed. I thought of the despairing yell of
the tortured iguanodon--that dreadful cry
which had echoed through the woods. I
thought, too, of the glimpse I had in the light
of Lord John's torch of that bloated, warty,
blood-slavering muzzle. Even now I was on
its hunting-ground. At any instant it might
spring upon me from the shadows--this
nameless and horrible monster. I stopped,
and, picking a cartridge from my pocket, I
opened the breech of my gun. As I touched
the lever my heart leaped within me. It was
the shot-gun, not the rifle, which I had taken!

Again the impulse to return swept over me.
Here, surely, was a most excellent reason
for my failure--one for which no one would
think the less of me. But again the foolish
pride fought against that very word. I could
not--must not--fail. After all, my rifle would
probably have been as useless as a shot-
gun against such dangers as I might meet. If
I were to go back to camp to change my
weapon I could hardly expect to enter and to
leave again without being seen. In that case
there would be explanations, and my
attempt would no longer be all my own. After
a little hesitation, then, I screwed up my
courage and continued upon my way, my
useless gun under my arm.

The darkness of the forest had been
alarming, but even worse was the white, still
flood of moonlight in the open glade of the
iguanodons. Hid among the bushes, I
looked out at it. None of the great brutes

were in sight. Perhaps the tragedy which
had befallen one of them had driven them
from their feeding-ground. In the misty,
silvery night I could see no sign of any living
thing. Taking courage, therefore, I slipped
rapidly across it, and among the jungle on
the farther side I picked up once again the
brook which was my guide. It was a cheery
companion, gurgling and chuckling as it ran,
like the dear old trout-stream in the West
Country where I have fished at night in my
boyhood. So long as I followed it down I
must come to the lake, and so long as I
followed it back I must come to the camp.
Often I had to lose sight of it on account of
the tangled brush-wood, but I was always
within earshot of its tinkle and splash.

As one descended the slope the woods
became thinner, and bushes, with
occasional high trees, took the place of the
forest. I could make good progress,
therefore, and I could see without being
seen. I passed close to the pterodactyl
swamp, and as I did so, with a dry, crisp,
leathery rattle of wings, one of these great
creatures--it was twenty feet at least from
tip to tip--rose up from somewhere near
me and soared into the air. As it passed
across the face of the moon the light shone
clearly through the membranous wings, and
it looked like a flying skeleton against the
white, tropical radiance. I crouched low
among the bushes, for I knew from past
experience that with a single cry the
creature could bring a hundred of its
loathsome mates about my ears. It was not
until it had settled again that I dared to steal
onwards upon my journey.

The night had been exceedingly still, but as I
advanced I became conscious of a low,
rumbling sound, a continuous murmur,
somewhere in front of me. This grew louder
as I proceeded, until at last it was clearly
quite close to me. When I stood still the

-83-

sound was constant, so that it seemed to
come from some stationary cause. It was
like a boiling kettle or the bubbling of some
great pot. Soon I came upon the source of it,
for in the center of a small clearing I found a
lake--or a pool, rather, for it was not larger
than the basin of the Trafalgar Square
fountain--of some black, pitch-like stuff,
the surface of which rose and fell in great
blisters of bursting gas. The air above it was
shimmering with heat, and the ground round
was so hot that I could hardly bear to lay my
hand on it. It was clear that the great
volcanic outburst which had raised this
strange plateau so many years ago had not
yet entirely spent its forces. Blackened
rocks and mounds of lava I had already
seen everywhere peeping out from amid
the luxuriant vegetation which draped them,
but this asphalt pool in the jungle was the
first sign that we had of actual existing
activity on the slopes of the ancient crater. I
had no time to examine it further for I had
need to hurry if I were to be back in camp in
the morning.

It was a fearsome walk, and one which will
be with me so long as memory holds. In the
great moonlight clearings I slunk along
among the shadows on the margin. In the
jungle I crept forward, stopping with a
beating heart whenever I heard, as I often
did, the crash of breaking branches as
some wild beast went past. Now and then
great shadows loomed up for an instant and
were gone--great, silent shadows which
seemed to prowl upon padded feet. How
often I stopped with the intention of
returning, and yet every time my pride
conquered my fear, and sent me on again
until my object should be attained.

At last (my watch showed that it was one in
the morning) I saw the gleam of water amid
the openings of the jungle, and ten minutes
later I was among the reeds upon the

borders of the central lake. I was
exceedingly dry, so I lay down and took a
long draught of its waters, which were fresh
and cold. There was a broad pathway with
many tracks upon it at the spot which I had
found, so that it was clearly one of the
drinking-places of the animals. Close to the
water's edge there was a huge isolated
block of lava. Up this I climbed, and, lying on
the top, I had an excellent view in every
direction.

The first thing which I saw filled me with
amazement. When I described the view from
the summit of the great tree, I said that on
the farther cliff I could see a number of dark
spots, which appeared to be the mouths of
caves. Now, as I looked up at the same
cliffs, I saw discs of light in every direction,
ruddy, clearly-defined patches, like the
port-holes of a liner in the darkness. For a
moment I thought it was the lava-glow from
some volcanic action; but this could not be
so. Any volcanic action would surely be
down in the hollow and not high among the
rocks. What, then, was the alternative? It
was wonderful, and yet it must surely be.
These ruddy spots must be the reflection of
fires within the caves--fires which could
only be lit by the hand of man. There were
human beings, then, upon the plateau. How
gloriously my expedition was justified! Here
was news indeed for us to bear back with
us to London!

For a long time I lay and watched these red,
quivering blotches of light. I suppose they
were ten miles off from me, yet even at that
distance one could observe how, from time
to time, they twinkled or were obscured as
someone passed before them. What would I
not have given to be able to crawl up to
them, to peep in, and to take back some
word to my comrades as to the appearance
and character of the race who lived in so
strange a place! It was out of the question

-84-

for the moment, and yet surely we could not
leave the plateau until we had some definite
knowledge upon the point.

Lake Gladys--my own lake--lay like a
sheet of quicksilver before me, with a
reflected moon shining brightly in the center
of it. It was shallow, for in many places I saw
low sandbanks protruding above the water.
Everywhere upon the still surface I could
see signs of life, sometimes mere rings and
ripples in the water, sometimes the gleam
of a great silver-sided fish in the air,
sometimes the arched, slate-colored back
of some passing monster. Once upon a
yellow sandbank I saw a creature like a
huge swan, with a clumsy body and a high,
flexible neck, shuffling about upon the
margin. Presently it plunged in, and for
some time I could see the arched neck and
darting head undulating over the water.
Then it dived, and I saw it no more.

My attention was soon drawn away from
these distant sights and brought back to
what was going on at my very feet. Two
creatures like large armadillos had come
down to the drinking-place, and were
squatting at the edge of the water, their
long, flexible tongues like red ribbons
shooting in and out as they lapped. A huge
deer, with branching horns, a magnificent
creature which carried itself like a king,
came down with its doe and two fawns and
drank beside the armadillos. No such deer
exist anywhere else upon earth, for the
moose or elks which I have seen would
hardly have reached its shoulders. Presently
it gave a warning snort, and was off with its
family among the reeds, while the
armadillos also scuttled for shelter. A new-
comer, a most monstrous animal, was
coming down the path.

For a moment I wondered where I could
have seen that ungainly shape, that arched

back with triangular fringes along it, that
strange bird-like head held close to the
ground. Then it came back, to me. It was the
stegosaurus--the very creature which
Maple White had preserved in his sketch-
book, and which had been the first object
which arrested the attention of Challenger!
There he was--perhaps the very specimen
which the American artist had encountered.
The ground shook beneath his tremendous
weight, and his gulpings of water
resounded through the still night. For five
minutes he was so close to my rock that by
stretching out my hand I could have touched
the hideous waving hackles upon his back.
Then he lumbered away and was lost
among the boulders.

Looking at my watch, I saw that it was half-
past two o'clock, and high time, therefore,
that I started upon my homeward journey.
There was no difficulty about the direction in
which I should return for all along I had kept
the little brook upon my left, and it opened
into the central lake within a stone's-throw
of the boulder upon which I had been lying. I
set off, therefore, in high spirits, for I felt that
I had done good work and was bringing
back a fine budget of news for my
companions. Foremost of all, of course,
were the sight of the fiery caves and the
certainty that some troglodytic race
inhabited them. But besides that I could
speak from experience of the central lake. I
could testify that it was full of strange
creatures, and I had seen several land
forms of primeval life which we had not
before encountered. I reflected as I walked
that few men in the world could have spent a
stranger night or added more to human
knowledge in the course of it.

I was plodding up the slope, turning these
thoughts over in my mind, and had reached
a point which may have been half-way to
home, when my mind was brought back to

-85-

my own position by a strange noise behind
me. It was something between a snore and
a growl, low, deep, and exceedingly
menacing. Some strange creature was
evidently near me, but nothing could be
seen, so I hastened more rapidly upon my
way. I had traversed half a mile or so when
suddenly the sound was repeated, still
behind me, but louder and more menacing
than before. My heart stood still within me
as it flashed across me that the beast,
whatever it was, must surely be after ME.
My skin grew cold and my hair rose at the
thought. That these monsters should tear
each other to pieces was a part of the
strange struggle for existence, but that they
should turn upon modern man, that they
should deliberately track and hunt down the
predominant human, was a staggering and
fearsome thought. I remembered again the
blood-beslobbered face which we had
seen in the glare of Lord John's torch, like
some horrible vision from the deepest circle
of Dante's hell. With my knees shaking
beneath me, I stood and glared with starting
eyes down the moonlit path which lay
behind me. All was quiet as in a dream
landscape. Silver clearings and the black
patches of the bushes--nothing else could I
see. Then from out of the silence, imminent
and threatening, there came once more that
low, throaty croaking, far louder and closer
than before. There could no longer be a
doubt. Something was on my trail, and was
closing in upon me every minute.

I stood like a man paralyzed, still staring at
the ground which I had traversed. Then
suddenly I saw it. There was movement
among the bushes at the far end of the
clearing which I had just traversed. A great
dark shadow disengaged itself and hopped
out into the clear moonlight. I say "hopped"
advisedly, for the beast moved like a
kangaroo, springing along in an erect
position upon its powerful hind legs, while

its front ones were held bent in front of it. It
was of enormous size and power, like an
erect elephant, but its movements, in spite
of its bulk, were exceedingly alert. For a
moment, as I saw its shape, I hoped that it
was an iguanodon, which I knew to be
harmless, but, ignorant as I was, I soon saw
that this was a very different creature.
Instead of the gentle, deer-shaped head of
the great three-toed leaf-eater, this beast
had a broad, squat, toad-like face like that
which had alarmed us in our camp. His
ferocious cry and the horrible energy of his
pursuit both assured me that this was surely
one of the great flesh-eating dinosaurs, the
most terrible beasts which have ever
walked this earth. As the huge brute loped
along it dropped forward upon its fore-
paws and brought its nose to the ground
every twenty yards or so. It was smelling out
my trail. Sometimes, for an instant, it was at
fault. Then it would catch it up again and
come bounding swiftly along the path I had
taken.

Even now when I think of that nightmare the
sweat breaks out upon my brow. What could
I do? My useless fowling-piece was in my
hand. What help could I get from that? I
looked desperately round for some rock or
tree, but I was in a bushy jungle with nothing
higher than a sapling within sight, while I
knew that the creature behind me could tear
down an ordinary tree as though it were a
reed. My only possible chance lay in flight. I
could not move swiftly over the rough,
broken ground, but as I looked round me in
despair I saw a well-marked, hard-beaten
path which ran across in front of me. We had
seen several of the sort, the runs of various
wild beasts, during our expeditions. Along
this I could perhaps hold my own, for I was a
fast runner, and in excellent condition.
Flinging away my useless gun, I set myself
to do such a half-mile as I have never done
before or since. My limbs ached, my chest

-86-

heaved, I felt that my throat would burst for
want of air, and yet with that horror behind
me I ran and I ran and ran. At last I paused,
hardly able to move. For a moment I thought
that I had thrown him off. The path lay still
behind me. And then suddenly, with a
crashing and a rending, a thudding of giant
feet and a panting of monster lungs the
beast was upon me once more. He was at
my very heels. I was lost.

Madman that I was to linger so long before I
fled! Up to then he had hunted by scent, and
his movement was slow. But he had actually
seen me as I started to run. From then
onwards he had hunted by sight, for the path
showed him where I had gone. Now, as he
came round the curve, he was springing in
great bounds. The moonlight shone upon
his huge projecting eyes, the row of
enormous teeth in his open mouth, and the
gleaming fringe of claws upon his short,
powerful forearms. With a scream of terror I
turned and rushed wildly down the path.
Behind me the thick, gasping breathing of
the creature sounded louder and louder. His
heavy footfall was beside me. Every instant
I expected to feel his grip upon my back.
And then suddenly there came a crash--I
was falling through space, and everything
beyond was darkness and rest.

As I emerged from my unconsciousness--
which could not, I think, have lasted more
than a few minutes--I was aware of a most
dreadful and penetrating smell. Putting out
my hand in the darkness I came upon
something which felt like a huge lump of
meat, while my other hand closed upon a
large bone. Up above me there was a circle
of starlit sky, which showed me that I was
lying at the bottom of a deep pit. Slowly I
staggered to my feet and felt myself all over.
I was stiff and sore from head to foot, but
there was no limb which would not move, no
joint which would not bend. As the

circumstances of my fall came back into my
confused brain, I looked up in terror,
expecting to see that dreadful head
silhouetted against the paling sky. There
was no sign of the monster, however, nor
could I hear any sound from above. I began
to walk slowly round, therefore, feeling in
every direction to find out what this strange
place could be into which I had been so
opportunely precipitated.

It was, as I have said, a pit, with sharply-
sloping walls and a level bottom about
twenty feet across. This bottom was littered
with great gobbets of flesh, most of which
was in the last state of putridity. The
atmosphere was poisonous and horrible.
After tripping and stumbling over these
lumps of decay, I came suddenly against
something hard, and I found that an upright
post was firmly fixed in the center of the
hollow. It was so high that I could not reach
the top of it with my hand, and it appeared to
be covered with grease.

Suddenly I remembered that I had a tin box
of wax-vestas in my pocket. Striking one of
them, I was able at last to form some
opinion of this place into which I had fallen.
There could be no question as to its nature.
It was a trap--made by the hand of man.
The post in the center, some nine feet long,
was sharpened at the upper end, and was
black with the stale blood of the creatures
who had been impaled upon it. The remains
scattered about were fragments of the
victims, which had been cut away in order to
clear the stake for the next who might
blunder in. I remembered that Challenger
had declared that man could not exist upon
the plateau, since with his feeble weapons
he could not hold his own against the
monsters who roamed over it. But now it
was clear enough how it could be done. In
their narrow-mouthed caves the natives,
whoever they might be, had refuges into

-87-

which the huge saurians could not
penetrate, while with their developed brains
they were capable of setting such traps,
covered with branches, across the paths
which marked the run of the animals as
would destroy them in spite of all their
strength and activity. Man was always the
master.

The sloping wall of the pit was not difficult
for an active man to climb, but I hesitated
long before I trusted myself within reach of
the dreadful creature which had so nearly
destroyed me. How did I know that he was
not lurking in the nearest clump of bushes,
waiting for my reappearance? I took heart,
however, as I recalled a conversation
between Challenger and Summerlee upon
the habits of the great saurians. Both were
agreed that the monsters were practically
brainless, that there was no room for
reason in their tiny cranial cavities, and that
if they have disappeared from the rest of the
world it was assuredly on account of their
own stupidity, which made it impossible for
them to adapt themselves to changing
conditions.

To lie in wait for me now would mean that
the creature had appreciated what had
happened to me, and this in turn would
argue some power connecting cause and
effect. Surely it was more likely that a
brainless creature, acting solely by vague
predatory instinct, would give up the chase
when I disappeared, and, after a pause of
astonishment, would wander away in
search of some other prey? I clambered to
the edge of the pit and looked over. The
stars were fading, the sky was whitening,
and the cold wind of morning blew
pleasantly upon my face. I could see or hear
nothing of my enemy. Slowly I climbed out
and sat for a while upon the ground, ready
to spring back into my refuge if any danger
should appear. Then, reassured by the

absolute stillness and by the growing light, I
took my courage in both hands and stole
back along the path which I had come.
Some distance down it I picked up my gun,
and shortly afterwards struck the brook
which was my guide. So, with many a
frightened backward glance, I made for
home.

And suddenly there came something to
remind me of my absent companions. In the
clear, still morning air there sounded far
away the sharp, hard note of a single rifle-
shot. I paused and listened, but there was
nothing more. For a moment I was shocked
at the thought that some sudden danger
might have befallen them. But then a simpler
and more natural explanation came to my
mind. It was now broad daylight. No doubt
my absence had been noticed. They had
imagined, that I was lost in the woods, and
had fired this shot to guide me home. It is
true that we had made a strict resolution
against firing, but if it seemed to them that I
might be in danger they would not hesitate. It
was for me now to hurry on as fast as
possible, and so to reassure them.

I was weary and spent, so my progress was
not so fast as I wished; but at last I came into
regions which I knew. There was the
swamp of the pterodactyls upon my left;
there in front of me was the glade of the
iguanodons. Now I was in the last belt of
trees which separated me from Fort
Challenger. I raised my voice in a cheery
shout to allay their fears. No answering
greeting came back to me. My heart sank at
that ominous stillness. I quickened my pace
into a run. The zareba rose before me, even
as I had left it, but the gate was open. I
rushed in. In the cold, morning light it was a
fearful sight which met my eyes. Our effects
were scattered in wild confusion over the
ground; my comrades had disappeared,
and close to the smouldering ashes of our

-88-

fire the grass was stained crimson with a
hideous pool of blood.

I was so stunned by this sudden shock that
for a time I must have nearly lost my reason. I
have a vague recollection, as one
remembers a bad dream, of rushing about
through the woods all round the empty
camp, calling wildly for my companions. No
answer came back from the silent
shadows. The horrible thought that I might
never see them again, that I might find
myself abandoned all alone in that dreadful
place, with no possible way of descending
into the world below, that I might live and die
in that nightmare country, drove me to
desperation. I could have torn my hair and
beaten my head in my despair. Only now did
I realize how I had learned to lean upon my
companions, upon the serene self-
confidence of Challenger, and upon the
masterful, humorous coolness of Lord John
Roxton. Without them I was like a child in the
dark, helpless and powerless. I did not
know which way to turn or what I should do
first.

After a period, during which I sat in
bewilderment, I set myself to try and
discover what sudden misfortune could
have befallen my companions. The whole
disordered appearance of the camp
showed that there had been some sort of
attack, and the rifle shot no doubt marked
the time when it had occurred. That there
should have been only one shot showed that
it had been all over in an instant. The rifles
still lay upon the ground, and one of them--
Lord John's--had the empty cartridge in the
breech. The blankets of Challenger and of
Summerlee beside the fire suggested that
they had been asleep at the time. The cases
of ammunition and of food were scattered
about in a wild litter, together with our
unfortunate cameras and plate-carriers, but
none of them were missing. On the other

hand, all the exposed provisions--and I
remembered that there were a
considerable quantity of them--were gone.
They were animals, then, and not natives,
who had made the inroad, for surely the
latter would have left nothing behind.

But if animals, or some single terrible
animal, then what had become of my
comrades? A ferocious beast would surely
have destroyed them and left their remains.
It is true that there was that one hideous pool
of blood, which told of violence. Such a
monster as had pursued me during the night
could have carried away a victim as easily
as a cat would a mouse. In that case the
others would have followed in pursuit. But
then they would assuredly have taken their
rifles with them. The more I tried to think it
out with my confused and weary brain the
less could I find any plausible explanation. I
searched round in the forest, but could see
no tracks which could help me to a
conclusion. Once I lost myself, and it was
only by good luck, and after an hour of
wandering, that I found the camp once
more.

Suddenly a thought came to me and brought
some little comfort to my heart. I was not
absolutely alone in the world. Down at the
bottom of the cliff, and within call of me,
was waiting the faithful Zambo. I went to the
edge of the plateau and looked over. Sure
enough, he was squatting among his
blankets beside his fire in his little camp.
But, to my amazement, a second man was
seated in front of him. For an instant my
heart leaped for joy, as I thought that one of
my comrades had made his way safely
down. But a second glance dispelled the
hope. The rising sun shone red upon the
man's skin. He was an Indian. I shouted
loudly and waved my handkerchief.
Presently Zambo looked up, waved his
hand, and turned to ascend the pinnacle. In

-89-

a short time he was standing close to me
and listening with deep distress to the story
which I told him.

"Devil got them for sure, Massa Malone,"
said he. "You got into the devil's country,
sah, and he take you all to himself. You take
advice, Massa Malone, and come down
quick, else he get you as well."

"How can I come down, Zambo?"

"You get creepers from trees, Massa
Malone. Throw them over here. I make fast
to this stump, and so you have bridge."

"We have thought of that. There are no
creepers here which could bear us."

"Send for ropes, Massa Malone."

"Who can I send, and where?"

"Send to Indian villages, sah. Plenty hide
rope in Indian village. Indian down below;
send him."

"Who is he?

"One of our Indians. Other ones beat him
and take away his pay. He come back to us.
Ready now to take letter, bring rope,--
anything."

To take a letter! Why not? Perhaps he might
bring help; but in any case he would ensure
that our lives were not spent for nothing, and
that news of all that we had won for Science
should reach our friends at home. I had two
completed letters already waiting. I would
spend the day in writing a third, which would
bring my experiences absolutely up to date.
The Indian could bear this back to the world.
I ordered Zambo, therefore, to come again
in the evening, and I spent my miserable
and lonely day in recording my own

adventures of the night before. I also drew
up a note, to be given to any white merchant
or captain of a steam-boat whom the Indian
could find, imploring them to see that ropes
were sent to us, since our lives must
depend upon it. These documents I threw to
Zambo in the evening, and also my purse,
which contained three English sovereigns.
These were to be given to the Indian, and he
was promised twice as much if he returned
with the ropes.

So now you will understand, my dear Mr.
McArdle, how this communication reaches
you, and you will also know the truth, in case
you never hear again from your unfortunate
correspondent. To-night I am too weary and
too depressed to make my plans. To-
morrow I must think out some way by which I
shall keep in touch with this camp, and yet
search round for any traces of my unhappy
friends.

Chapter 13 A Sight Which I Shall Never
Forget

Just as the sun was setting upon that
melancholy night I saw the lonely figure of
the Indian upon the vast plain beneath me,
and I watched him, our one faint hope of
salvation, until he disappeared in the rising
mists of evening which lay, rose-tinted from
the setting sun, between the far-off river
and me.

It was quite dark when I at last turned back
to our stricken camp, and my last vision as I
went was the red gleam of Zambo's fire,
the one point of light in the wide world
below, as was his faithful presence in my
own shadowed soul. And yet I felt happier
than I had done since this crushing blow had
fallen upon me, for it was good to think that
the world should know what we had done,
so that at the worst our names should not
perish with our bodies, but should go down

-90-

to posterity associated with the result of our
labors.

It was an awesome thing to sleep in that ill-
fated camp; and yet it was even more
unnerving to do so in the jungle. One or the
other it must be. Prudence, on the one hand,
warned me that I should remain on guard,
but exhausted Nature, on the other,
declared that I should do nothing of the kind.
I climbed up on to a limb of the great gingko
tree, but there was no secure perch on its
rounded surface, and I should certainly have
fallen off and broken my neck the moment I
began to doze. I got down, therefore, and
pondered over what I should do. Finally, I
closed the door of the zareba, lit three
separate fires in a triangle, and having
eaten a hearty supper dropped off into a
profound sleep, from which I had a strange
and most welcome awakening. In the early
morning, just as day was breaking, a hand
was laid upon my arm, and starting up, with
all my nerves in a tingle and my hand feeling
for a rifle, I gave a cry of joy as in the cold
gray light I saw Lord John Roxton kneeling
beside me.

It was he--and yet it was not he. I had left
him calm in his bearing, correct in his
person, prim in his dress. Now he was pale
and wild-eyed, gasping as he breathed like
one who has run far and fast. His gaunt face
was scratched and bloody, his clothes were
hanging in rags, and his hat was gone. I
stared in amazement, but he gave me no
chance for questions. He was grabbing at
our stores all the time he spoke.

"Quick, young fellah! Quick!" he cried.
"Every moment counts. Get the rifles, both
of them. I have the other two. Now, all the
cartridges you can gather. Fill up your
pockets. Now, some food. Half a dozen tins
will do. That's all right! Don't wait to talk or
think. Get a move on, or we are done!"

Still half-awake, and unable to imagine
what it all might mean, I found myself
hurrying madly after him through the wood,
a rifle under each arm and a pile of various
stores in my hands. He dodged in and out
through the thickest of the scrub until he
came to a dense clump of brush-wood. Into
this he rushed, regardless of thorns, and
threw himself into the heart of it, pulling me
down by his side.

"There!" he panted. "I think we are safe
here. They'll make for the camp as sure as
fate. It will be their first idea. But this should
puzzle 'em."

"What is it all?" I asked, when I had got my
breath. "Where are the professors? And
who is it that is after us?"

"The ape-men," he cried. "My God, what
brutes! Don't raise your voice, for they have
long ears--sharp eyes, too, but no power of
scent, so far as I could judge, so I don't
think they can sniff us out. Where have you
been, young fellah? You were well out of it."

In a few sentences I whispered what I had
done.

"Pretty bad," said he, when he had heard of
the dinosaur and the pit. "It isn't quite the
place for a rest cure. What? But I had no idea
what its possibilities were until those devils
got hold of us. The man-eatin' Papuans had
me once, but they are Chesterfields
compared to this crowd."

"How did it happen?" I asked.

"It was in the early mornin'. Our learned
friends were just stirrin'. Hadn't even begun
to argue yet. Suddenly it rained apes. They
came down as thick as apples out of a tree.
They had been assemblin' in the dark, I
suppose, until that great tree over our heads

-91-

was heavy with them. I shot one of them
through the belly, but before we knew where
we were they had us spread-eagled on our
backs. I call them apes, but they carried
sticks and stones in their hands and
jabbered talk to each other, and ended up
by tyin' our hands with creepers, so they are
ahead of any beast that I have seen in my
wanderin's. Ape-men--that's what they
are--Missin' Links, and I wish they had
stayed missin'. They carried off their
wounded comrade--he was bleedin' like a
pig--and then they sat around us, and if
ever I saw frozen murder it was in their
faces. They were big fellows, as big as a
man and a deal stronger. Curious glassy
gray eyes they have, under red tufts, and
they just sat and gloated and gloated.
Challenger is no chicken, but even he was
cowed. He managed to struggle to his feet,
and yelled out at them to have done with it
and get it over. I think he had gone a bit off
his head at the suddenness of it, for he
raged and cursed at them like a lunatic. If
they had been a row of his favorite
Pressmen he could not have slanged them
worse."

"Well, what did they do?" I was enthralled by
the strange story which my companion was
whispering into my ear, while all the time his
keen eyes were shooting in every direction
and his hand grasping his cocked rifle.

"I thought it was the end of us, but instead of
that it started them on a new line. They all
jabbered and chattered together. Then one
of them stood out beside Challenger. You'll
smile, young fellah, but 'pon my word they
might have been kinsmen. I couldn't have
believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own
eyes. This old ape-man--he was their
chief--was a sort of red Challenger, with
every one of our friend's beauty points, only
just a trifle more so. He had the short body,
the big shoulders, the round chest, no neck,

a great ruddy frill of a beard, the tufted
eyebrows, the `What do you want, damn
you!' look about the eyes, and the whole
catalogue. When the ape-man stood by
Challenger and put his paw on his shoulder,
the thing was complete. Summerlee was a
bit hysterical, and he laughed till he cried.
The ape-men laughed too or at least they
put up the devil of a cacklin'--and they set
to work to drag us off through the forest.
They wouldn't touch the guns and things--
thought them dangerous, I expect--but they
carried away all our loose food. Summerlee
and I got some rough handlin' on the way--
there's my skin and my clothes to prove it--
for they took us a bee-line through the
brambles, and their own hides are like
leather. But Challenger was all right. Four of
them carried him shoulder high, and he
went like a Roman emperor. What's that?"

It was a strange clicking noise in the
distance not unlike castanets.

"There they go!" said my companion,
slipping cartridges into the second double
barrelled "Express." "Load them all up,
young fellah my lad, for we're not going to
be taken alive, and don't you think it! That's
the row they make when they are excited.
By George! they'll have something to excite
them if they put us up. The `Last Stand of the
Grays' won't be in it. `With their rifles
grasped in their stiffened hands, mid a ring
of the dead and dyin',' as some fathead
sings. Can you hear them now?"

"Very far away."

"That little lot will do no good, but I expect
their search parties are all over the wood.
Well, I was telling you my tale of woe. They
got us soon to this town of theirs--about a
thousand huts of branches and leaves in a
great grove of trees near the edge of the
cliff. It's three or four miles from here. The

-92-

filthy beasts fingered me all over, and I feel
as if I should never be clean again. They tied
us up--the fellow who handled me could tie
like a bosun--and there we lay with our toes
up, beneath a tree, while a great brute
stood guard over us with a club in his hand.
When I say `we' I mean Summerlee and
myself. Old Challenger was up a tree, eatin'
pines and havin' the time of his life. I'm
bound to say that he managed to get some
fruit to us, and with his own hands he
loosened our bonds. If you'd seen him
sitting up in that tree hob-nobbin' with his
twin brother--and singin' in that rollin' bass
of his, `Ring out, wild bells,' cause music of
any kind seemed to put 'em in a good
humor, you'd have smiled; but we weren't in
much mood for laughin', as you can guess.
They were inclined, within limits, to let him
do what he liked, but they drew the line
pretty sharply at us. It was a mighty
consolation to us all to know that you were
runnin' loose and had the archives in your
keepin'.

"Well, now, young fellah, I'll tell you what will
surprise you. You say you saw signs of men,
and fires, traps, and the like. Well, we have
seen the natives themselves. Poor devils
they were, down-faced little chaps, and
had enough to make them so. It seems that
the humans hold one side of this plateau--
over yonder, where you saw the caves--
and the ape-men hold this side, and there is
bloody war between them all the time.
That's the situation, so far as I could follow
it. Well, yesterday the ape-men got hold of a
dozen of the humans and brought them in as
prisoners. You never heard such a jabberin'
and shriekin' in your life. The men were little
red fellows, and had been bitten and
clawed so that they could hardly walk. The
ape-men put two of them to death there and
then--fairly pulled the arm off one of them--
it was perfectly beastly. Plucky little chaps
they are, and hardly gave a squeak. But it

turned us absolutely sick. Summerlee
fainted, and even Challenger had as much
as he could stand. I think they have cleared,
don't you?"

We listened intently, but nothing save the
calling of the birds broke the deep peace of
the forest. Lord Roxton went on with his
story.

"I Think you have had the escape of your life,
young fellah my lad. It was catchin' those
Indians that put you clean out of their heads,
else they would have been back to the camp
for you as sure as fate and gathered you in.
Of course, as you said, they have been
watchin' us from the beginnin' out of that
tree, and they knew perfectly well that we
were one short. However, they could think
only of this new haul; so it was I, and not a
bunch of apes, that dropped in on you in the
morning. Well, we had a horrid business
afterwards. My God! what a nightmare the
whole thing is! You remember the great
bristle of sharp canes down below where
we found the skeleton of the American?
Well, that is just under ape-town, and that's
the jumpin'-off place of their prisoners. I
expect there's heaps of skeletons there, if
we looked for 'em. They have a sort of clear
parade-ground on the top, and they make a
proper ceremony about it. One by one the
poor devils have to jump, and the game is
to see whether they are merely dashed to
pieces or whether they get skewered on the
canes. They took us out to see it, and the
whole tribe lined up on the edge. Four of the
Indians jumped, and the canes went
through 'em like knittin' needles through a
pat of butter. No wonder we found that poor
Yankee's skeleton with the canes growin'
between his ribs. It was horrible--but it was
doocedly interestin' too. We were all
fascinated to see them take the dive, even
when we thought it would be our turn next on
the spring-board.

-93-

"Well, it wasn't. They kept six of the Indians
up for to-day that's how I understood it--but
I fancy we were to be the star performers in
the show. Challenger might get off, but
Summerlee and I were in the bill. Their
language is more than half signs, and it was
not hard to follow them. So I thought it was
time we made a break for it. I had been
plottin' it out a bit, and had one or two things
clear in my mind. It was all on me, for
Summerlee was useless and Challenger
not much better. The only time they got
together they got slangin' because they
couldn't agree upon the scientific
classification of these red-headed devils
that had got hold of us. One said it was the
dryopithecus of Java, the other said it was
pithecanthropus. Madness, I call it--
Loonies, both. But, as I say, I had thought
out one or two points that were helpful. One
was that these brutes could not run as fast
as a man in the open. They have short,
bandy legs, you see, and heavy bodies.
Even Challenger could give a few yards in a
hundred to the best of them, and you or I
would be a perfect Shrubb. Another point
was that they knew nothin' about guns. I
don't believe they ever understood how the
fellow I shot came by his hurt. If we could get
at our guns there was no sayin' what we
could do.

"So I broke away early this mornin', gave my
guard a kick in the tummy that laid him out,
and sprinted for the camp. There I got you
and the guns, and here we are."

"But the professors!" I cried, in
consternation.

"Well, we must just go back and fetch 'em. I
couldn't bring 'em with me. Challenger was
up the tree, and Summerlee was not fit for
the effort. The only chance was to get the
guns and try a rescue. Of course they may
scupper them at once in revenge. I don't

think they would touch Challenger, but I
wouldn't answer for Summerlee. But they
would have had him in any case. Of that I am
certain. So I haven't made matters any
worse by boltin'. But we are honor bound to
go back and have them out or see it through
with them. So you can make up your soul,
young fellah my lad, for it will be one way or
the other before evenin'."

I have tried to imitate here Lord Roxton's
jerky talk, his short, strong sentences, the
half-humorous, half-reckless tone that ran
through it all. But he was a born leader. As
danger thickened his jaunty manner would
increase, his speech become more racy,
his cold eyes glitter into ardent life, and his
Don Quixote moustache bristle with joyous
excitement. His love of danger, his intense
appreciation of the drama of an adventure--
all the more intense for being held tightly in--
his consistent view that every peril in life is a
form of sport, a fierce game betwixt you
and Fate, with Death as a forfeit, made him
a wonderful companion at such hours. If it
were not for our fears as to the fate of our
companions, it would have been a positive
joy to throw myself with such a man into
such an affair. We were rising from our
brushwood hiding-place when suddenly I
felt his grip upon my arm.

"By George!" he whispered, "here they
come!"

From where we lay we could look down a
brown aisle, arched with green, formed by
the trunks and branches. Along this a party
of the ape-men were passing. They went in
single file, with bent legs and rounded
backs, their hands occasionally touching
the ground, their heads turning to left and
right as they trotted along. Their crouching
gait took away from their height, but I should
put them at five feet or so, with long arms
and enormous chests. Many of them carried

-94-

sticks, and at the distance they looked like a
line of very hairy and deformed human
beings. For a moment I caught this clear
glimpse of them. Then they were lost among
the bushes.

"Not this time," said Lord John, who had
caught up his rifle. "Our best chance is to lie
quiet until they have given up the search.
Then we shall see whether we can't get
back to their town and hit 'em where it hurts
most. Give 'em an hour and we'll march."

We filled in the time by opening one of our
food tins and making sure of our breakfast.
Lord Roxton had had nothing but some fruit
since the morning before and ate like a
starving man. Then, at last, our pockets
bulging with cartridges and a rifle in each
hand, we started off upon our mission of
rescue. Before leaving it we carefully
marked our little hiding-place among the
brush-wood and its bearing to Fort
Challenger, that we might find it again if we
needed it. We slunk through the bushes in
silence until we came to the very edge of the
cliff, close to the old camp. There we halted,
and Lord John gave me some idea of his
plans.

"So long as we are among the thick trees
these swine are our masters, said he. They
can see us and we cannot see them. But in
the open it is different. There we can move
faster than they. So we must stick to the
open all we can. The edge of the plateau
has fewer large trees than further inland. So
that's our line of advance. Go slowly, keep
your eyes open and your rifle ready. Above
all, never let them get you prisoner while
there is a cartridge left--that's my last word
to you, young fellah."

When we reached the edge of the cliff I
looked over and saw our good old black
Zambo sitting smoking on a rock below us. I

would have given a great deal to have
hailed him and told him how we were
placed, but it was too dangerous, lest we
should be heard. The woods seemed to be
full of the ape-men; again and again we
heard their curious clicking chatter. At such
times we plunged into the nearest clump of
bushes and lay still until the sound had
passed away. Our advance, therefore, was
very slow, and two hours at least must have
passed before I saw by Lord John's
cautious movements that we must be close
to our destination. He motioned to me to lie
still, and he crawled forward himself. In a
minute he was back again, his face
quivering with eagerness.

"Come!" said he. "Come quick! I hope to the
Lord we are not too late already!

I found myself shaking with nervous
excitement as I scrambled forward and lay
down beside him, looking out through the
bushes at a clearing which stretched before
us.

It was a sight which I shall never forget until
my dying day--so weird, so impossible,
that I do not know how I am to make you
realize it, or how in a few years I shall bring
myself to believe in it if I live to sit once more
on a lounge in the Savage Club and look out
on the drab solidity of the Embankment. I
know that it will seem then to be some wild
nightmare, some delirium of fever. Yet I will
set it down now, while it is still fresh in my
memory, and one at least, the man who lay
in the damp grasses by my side, will know if
I have lied.

A wide, open space lay before us--some
hundreds of yards across--all green turf
and low bracken growing to the very edge
of the cliff. Round this clearing there was a
semi-circle of trees with curious huts built of
foliage piled one above the other among the

-95-

branches. A rookery, with every nest a little
house, would best convey the idea. The
openings of these huts and the branches of
the trees were thronged with a dense mob
of ape-people, whom from their size I took
to be the females and infants of the tribe.
They formed the background of the picture,
and were all looking out with eager interest
at the same scene which fascinated and
bewildered us.

In the open, and near the edge of the cliff,
there had assembled a crowd of some
hundred of these shaggy, red-haired
creatures, many of them of immense size,
and all of them horrible to look upon. There
was a certain discipline among them, for
none of them attempted to break the line
which had been formed. In front there stood
a small group of Indians--little, clean-
limbed, red fellows, whose skins glowed
like polished bronze in the strong sunlight. A
tall, thin white man was standing beside
them, his head bowed, his arms folded, his
whole attitude expressive of his horror and
dejection. There was no mistaking the
angular form of Professor Summerlee.

In front of and around this dejected group of
prisoners were several ape-men, who
watched them closely and made all escape
impossible. Then, right out from all the
others and close to the edge of the cliff,
were two figures, so strange, and under
other circumstances so ludicrous, that they
absorbed my attention. The one was our
comrade, Professor Challenger. The
remains of his coat still hung in strips from
his shoulders, but his shirt had been all torn
out, and his great beard merged itself in the
black tangle which covered his mighty
chest. He had lost his hat, and his hair,
which had grown long in our wanderings,
was flying in wild disorder. A single day
seemed to have changed him from the
highest product of modern civilization to the

most desperate savage in South America.
Beside him stood his master, the king of the
ape-men. In all things he was, as Lord John
had said, the very image of our Professor,
save that his coloring was red instead of
black. The same short, broad figure, the
same heavy shoulders, the same forward
hang of the arms, the same bristling beard
merging itself in the hairy chest. Only above
the eyebrows, where the sloping forehead
and low, curved skull of the ape-man were
in sharp contrast to the broad brow and
magnificent cranium of the European, could
one see any marked difference. At every
other point the king was an absurd parody
of the Professor.

All this, which takes me so long to describe,
impressed itself upon me in a few seconds.
Then we had very different things to think of,
for an active drama was in progress. Two of
the ape-men had seized one of the Indians
out of the group and dragged him forward to
the edge of the cliff. The king raised his
hand as a signal. They caught the man by
his leg and arm, and swung him three times
backwards and forwards with tremendous
violence. Then, with a frightful heave they
shot the poor wretch over the precipice. With
such force did they throw him that he curved
high in the air before beginning to drop. As
he vanished from sight, the whole
assembly, except the guards, rushed
forward to the edge of the precipice, and
there was a long pause of absolute silence,
broken by a mad yell of delight. They sprang
about, tossing their long, hairy arms in the
air and howling with exultation. Then they fell
back from the edge, formed themselves
again into line, and waited for the next
victim.

This time it was Summerlee. Two of his
guards caught him by the wrists and pulled
him brutally to the front. His thin figure and
long limbs struggled and fluttered like a

-96-

chicken being dragged from a coop.
Challenger had turned to the king and
waved his hands frantically before him. He
was begging, pleading, imploring for his
comrade's life. The ape-man pushed him
roughly aside and shook his head. It was the
last conscious movement he was to make
upon earth. Lord John's rifle cracked, and
the king sank down, a tangled red sprawling
thing, upon the ground.

"Shoot into the thick of them! Shoot! sonny,
shoot!" cried my companion.

There are strange red depths in the soul of
the most commonplace man. I am
tenderhearted by nature, and have found my
eyes moist many a time over the scream of
a wounded hare. Yet the blood lust was on
me now. I found myself on my feet emptying
one magazine, then the other, clicking open
the breech to re-load, snapping it to again,
while cheering and yelling with pure ferocity
and joy of slaughter as I did so. With our four
guns the two of us made a horrible havoc.
Both the guards who held Summerlee were
down, and he was staggering about like a
drunken man in his amazement, unable to
realize that he was a free man. The dense
mob of ape-men ran about in
bewilderment, marveling whence this storm
of death was coming or what it might mean.
They waved, gesticulated, screamed, and
tripped up over those who had fallen. Then,
with a sudden impulse, they all rushed in a
howling crowd to the trees for shelter,
leaving the ground behind them spotted with
their stricken comrades. The prisoners
were left for the moment standing alone in
the middle of the clearing.

Challenger's quick brain had grasped the
situation. He seized the bewildered
Summerlee by the arm, and they both ran
towards us. Two of their guards bounded
after them and fell to two bullets from Lord

John. We ran forward into the open to meet
our friends, and pressed a loaded rifle into
the hands of each. But Summerlee was at
the end of his strength. He could hardly
totter. Already the ape-men were
recovering from their panic. They were
coming through the brushwood and
threatening to cut us off. Challenger and I
ran Summerlee along, one at each of his
elbows, while Lord John covered our
retreat, firing again and again as savage
heads snarled at us out of the bushes. For a
mile or more the chattering brutes were at
our very heels. Then the pursuit slackened,
for they learned our power and would no
longer face that unerring rifle. When we had
at last reached the camp, we looked back
and found ourselves alone.

So it seemed to us; and yet we were
mistaken. We had hardly closed the
thornbush door of our zareba, clasped each
other's hands, and thrown ourselves
panting upon the ground beside our spring,
when we heard a patter of feet and then a
gentle, plaintive crying from outside our
entrance. Lord Roxton rushed forward, rifle
in hand, and threw it open. There, prostrate
upon their faces, lay the little red figures of
the four surviving Indians, trembling with
fear of us and yet imploring our protection.
With an expressive sweep of his hands one
of them pointed to the woods around them,
and indicated that they were full of danger.
Then, darting forward, he threw his arms
round Lord John's legs, and rested his face
upon them.

"By George!" cried our peer, pulling at his
moustache in great perplexity, "I say--what
the deuce are we to do with these people?
Get up, little chappie, and take your face off
my boots."

Summerlee was sitting up and stuffing
some tobacco into his old briar.

-97-

"We've got to see them safe," said he.
"You've pulled us all out of the jaws of
death. My word! it was a good bit of work!"

"Admirable!" cried Challenger. "Admirable!
Not only we as individuals, but European
science collectively, owe you a deep debt
of gratitude for what you have done. I do not
hesitate to say that the disappearance of
Professor Summerlee and myself would
have left an appreciable gap in modern
zoological history. Our young friend here
and you have done most excellently well."

He beamed at us with the old paternal
smile, but European science would have
been somewhat amazed could they have
seen their chosen child, the hope of the
future, with his tangled, unkempt head, his
bare chest, and his tattered clothes. He had
one of the meat-tins between his knees,
and sat with a large piece of cold Australian
mutton between his fingers. The Indian
looked up at him, and then, with a little yelp,
cringed to the ground and clung to Lord
John's leg.

"Don't you be scared, my bonnie boy," said
Lord John, patting the matted head in front
of him. "He can't stick your appearance,
Challenger; and, by George! I don't wonder.
All right, little chap, he's only a human, just
the same as the rest of us."

"Really, sir!" cried the Professor.

"Well, it's lucky for you, Challenger, that you
ARE a little out of the ordinary. If you hadn't
been so like the king----"

"Upon my word, Lord John, you allow
yourself great latitude."

"Well, it's a fact."

"I beg, sir, that you will change the subject.

Your remarks are irrelevant and
unintelligible. The question before us is
what are we to do with these Indians? The
obvious thing is to escort them home, if we
knew where their home was."

"There is no difficulty about that," said I.
"They live in the caves on the other side of
the central lake."

"Our young friend here knows where they
live. I gather that it is some distance."

"A good twenty miles," said I.

Summerlee gave a groan.

"I, for one, could never get there. Surely I
hear those brutes still howling upon our
track."

As he spoke, from the dark recesses of the
woods we heard far away the jabbering cry
of the ape-men. The Indians once more set
up a feeble wail of fear.

"We must move, and move quick!" said Lord
John. "You help Summerlee, young fellah.
These Indians will carry stores. Now, then,
come along before they can see us."

In less than half-an-hour we had reached
our brushwood retreat and concealed
ourselves. All day we heard the excited
calling of the ape-men in the direction of our
old camp, but none of them came our way,
and the tired fugitives, red and white, had a
long, deep sleep. I was dozing myself in the
evening when someone plucked my sleeve,
and I found Challenger kneeling beside me.

"You keep a diary of these events, and you
expect eventually to publish it, Mr. Malone,"
said he, with solemnity.

"I am only here as a Press reporter," I

-98-

answered.

"Exactly. You may have heard some rather
fatuous remarks of Lord John Roxton's
which seemed to imply that there was some
some resemblance----"

"Yes, I heard them."

"I need not say that any publicity given to
such an idea--any levity in your narrative of
what occurred--would be exceedingly
offensive to me."

"I will keep well within the truth."

"Lord John's observations are frequently
exceedingly fanciful, and he is capable of
attributing the most absurd reasons to the
respect which is always shown by the most
undeveloped races to dignity and character.
You follow my meaning?"

"Entirely."

"I leave the matter to your discretion." Then,
after a long pause, he added: "The king of
the ape-men was really a creature of great
distinction--a most remarkably handsome
and intelligent personality. Did it not strike
you?"

"A most remarkable creature," said I.

And the Professor, much eased in his mind,
settled down to his slumber once more.

Chapter 14 Those Were The Real Conquests

We had imagined that our pursuers, the ape-
men, knew nothing of our brush-wood
hiding-place, but we were soon to find out
our mistake. There was no sound in the
woods--not a leaf moved upon the trees,
and all was peace around us--but we
should have been warned by our first

experience how cunningly and how patiently
these creatures can watch and wait until
their chance comes. Whatever fate may be
mine through life, I am very sure that I shall
never be nearer death than I was that
morning. But I will tell you the thing in its due
order.

We all awoke exhausted after the terrific
emotions and scanty food of yesterday.
Summerlee was still so weak that it was an
effort for him to stand; but the old man was
full of a sort of surly courage which would
never admit defeat. A council was held, and
it was agreed that we should wait quietly for
an hour or two where we were, have our
much-needed breakfast, and then make
our way across the plateau and round the
central lake to the caves where my
observations had shown that the Indians
lived. We relied upon the fact that we could
count upon the good word of those whom
we had rescued to ensure a warm welcome
from their fellows. Then, with our mission
accomplished and possessing a fuller
knowledge of the secrets of Maple White
Land, we should turn our whole thoughts to
the vital problem of our escape and return.
Even Challenger was ready to admit that we
should then have done all for which we had
come, and that our first duty from that time
onwards was to carry back to civilization the
amazing discoveries we had made.

We were able now to take a more leisurely
view of the Indians whom we had rescued.
They were small men, wiry, active, and well-
built, with lank black hair tied up in a bunch
behind their heads with a leathern thong,
and leathern also were their loin-clothes.
Their faces were hairless, well formed, and
good-humored. The lobes of their ears,
hanging ragged and bloody, showed that
they had been pierced for some ornaments
which their captors had torn out. Their
speech, though unintelligible to us, was

-99-

fluent among themselves, and as they
pointed to each other and uttered the word
"Accala" many times over, we gathered that
this was the name of the nation.
Occasionally, with faces which were
convulsed with fear and hatred, they shook
their clenched hands at the woods round
and cried: "Doda! Doda!" which was surely
their term for their enemies.

What do you make of them, Challenger?"
asked Lord John. "One thing is very clear to
me, and that is that the little chap with the
front of his head shaved is a chief among
them."

It was indeed evident that this man stood
apart from the others, and that they never
ventured to address him without every sign
of deep respect. He seemed to be the
youngest of them all, and yet, so proud and
high was his spirit that, upon Challenger
laying his great hand upon his head, he
started like a spurred horse and, with a
quick flash of his dark eyes, moved further
away from the Professor. Then, placing his
hand upon his breast and holding himself
with great dignity, he uttered the word
"Maretas" several times. The Professor,
unabashed, seized the nearest Indian by the
shoulder and proceeded to lecture upon him
as if he were a potted specimen in a class-
room.

"The type of these people," said he in his
sonorous fashion, "whether judged by
cranial capacity, facial angle, or any other
test, cannot be regarded as a low one; on
the contrary, we must place it as
considerably higher in the scale than many
South American tribes which I can mention.
On no possible supposition can we explain
the evolution of such a race in this place. For
that matter, so great a gap separates these
ape-men from the primitive animals which
have survived upon this plateau, that it is

inadmissible to think that they could have
developed where we find them."

"Then where the dooce did they drop from?"
asked Lord John.

"A question which will, no doubt, be eagerly
discussed in every scientific society in
Europe and America," the Professor
answered. "My own reading of the situation
for what it is worth--" he inflated his chest
enormously and looked insolently around
him at the words "is that evolution has
advanced under the peculiar conditions of
this country up to the vertebrate stage, the
old types surviving and living on in company
with the newer ones. Thus we find such
modern creatures as the tapir--an animal
with quite a respectable length of pedigree-
-the great deer, and the ant-eater in the
companionship of reptilian forms of
jurassic type. So much is clear. And now
come the ape-men and the Indian. What is
the scientific mind to think of their
presence? I can only account for it by an
invasion from outside. It is probable that
there existed an anthropoid ape in South
America, who in past ages found his way to
this place, and that he developed into the
creatures we have seen, some of which"--
here he looked hard at me--"were of an
appearance and shape which, if it had been
accompanied by corresponding
intelligence, would, I do not hesitate to say,
have reflected credit upon any living race.
As to the Indians I cannot doubt that they are
more recent immigrants from below. Under
the stress of famine or of conquest they
have made their way up here. Faced by
ferocious creatures which they had never
before seen, they took refuge in the caves
which our young friend has described, but
they have no doubt had a bitter fight to hold
their own against wild beasts, and
especially against the ape-men who would
regard them as intruders, and wage a

-100-

merciless war upon them with a cunning
which the larger beasts would lack. Hence
the fact that their numbers appear to be
limited. Well, gentlemen, have I read you the
riddle aright, or is there any point which you
would query?"

Professor Summerlee for once was too
depressed to argue, though he shook his
head violently as a token of general
disagreement. Lord John merely scratched
his scanty locks with the remark that he
couldn't put up a fight as he wasn't in the
same weight or class. For my own part I
performed my usual role of bringing things
down to a strictly prosaic and practical level
by the remark that one of the Indians was
missing.

"He has gone to fetch some water," said
Lord Roxton. "We fitted him up with an empty
beef tin and he is off."

"To the old camp?" I asked.

"No, to the brook. It's among the trees there.
It can't be more than a couple of hundred
yards. But the beggar is certainly taking his
time."

"I'll go and look after him," said I. I picked up
my rifle and strolled in the direction of the
brook, leaving my friends to lay out the
scanty breakfast. It may seem to you rash
that even for so short a distance I should quit
the shelter of our friendly thicket, but you will
remember that we were many miles from
Ape-town, that so far as we knew the
creatures had not discovered our retreat,
and that in any case with a rifle in my hands I
had no fear of them. I had not yet learned
their cunning or their strength.

I could hear the murmur of our brook
somewhere ahead of me, but there was a
tangle of trees and brushwood between me

and it. I was making my way through this at a
point which was just out of sight of my
companions, when, under one of the trees, I
noticed something red huddled among the
bushes. As I approached it, I was shocked
to see that it was the dead body of the
missing Indian. He lay upon his side, his
limbs drawn up, and his head screwed
round at a most unnatural angle, so that he
seemed to be looking straight over his own
shoulder. I gave a cry to warn my friends that
something was amiss, and running
forwards I stooped over the body. Surely my
guardian angel was very near me then, for
some instinct of fear, or it may have been
some faint rustle of leaves, made me
glance upwards. Out of the thick green
foliage which hung low over my head, two
long muscular arms covered with reddish
hair were slowly descending. Another
instant and the great stealthy hands would
have been round my throat. I sprang
backwards, but quick as I was, those hands
were quicker still. Through my sudden
spring they missed a fatal grip, but one of
them caught the back of my neck and the
other one my face. I threw my hands up to
protect my throat, and the next moment the
huge paw had slid down my face and
closed over them. I was lifted lightly from the
ground, and I felt an intolerable pressure
forcing my head back and back until the
strain upon the cervical spine was more
than I could bear. My senses swam, but I still
tore at the hand and forced it out from my
chin. Looking up I saw a frightful face with
cold inexorable light blue eyes looking down
into mine. There was something hypnotic in
those terrible eyes. I could struggle no
longer. As the creature felt me grow limp in
his grasp, two white canines gleamed for a
moment at each side of the vile mouth, and
the grip tightened still more upon my chin,
forcing it always upwards and back. A thin,
oval-tinted mist formed before my eyes and
little silvery bells tinkled in my ears. Dully and

-101-

far off I heard the crack of a rifle and was
feebly aware of the shock as I was dropped
to the earth, where I lay without sense or
motion.

I awoke to find myself on my back upon the
grass in our lair within the thicket. Someone
had brought the water from the brook, and
Lord John was sprinkling my head with it,
while Challenger and Summerlee were
propping me up, with concern in their faces.
For a moment I had a glimpse of the human
spirits behind their scientific masks. It was
really shock, rather than any injury, which
had prostrated me, and in half-an-hour, in
spite of aching head and stiff neck, I was
sitting up and ready for anything.

"But you've had the escape of your life,
young fellah my lad," said Lord Roxton.
"When I heard your cry and ran forward, and
saw your head twisted half-off and your
stohwassers kickin' in the air, I thought we
were one short. I missed the beast in my
flurry, but he dropped you all right and was
off like a streak. By George! I wish I had fifty
men with rifles. I'd clear out the whole
infernal gang of them and leave this country
a bit cleaner than we found it."

It was clear now that the ape-men had in
some way marked us down, and that we
were watched on every side. We had not so
much to fear from them during the day, but
they would be very likely to rush us by night;
so the sooner we got away from their
neighborhood the better. On three sides of
us was absolute forest, and there we might
find ourselves in an ambush. But on the
fourth side--that which sloped down in the
direction of the lake--there was only low
scrub, with scattered trees and occasional
open glades. It was, in fact, the route which I
had myself taken in my solitary journey, and
it led us straight for the Indian caves. This
then must for every reason be our road.

One great regret we had, and that was to
leave our old camp behind us, not only for
the sake of the stores which remained
there, but even more because we were
losing touch with Zambo, our link with the
outside world. However, we had a fair
supply of cartridges and all our guns, so, for
a time at least, we could look after
ourselves, and we hoped soon to have a
chance of returning and restoring our
communications with our negro. He had
faithfully promised to stay where he was,
and we had not a doubt that he would be as
good as his word.

It was in the early afternoon that we started
upon our journey. The young chief walked at
our head as our guide, but refused
indignantly to carry any burden. Behind him
came the two surviving Indians with our
scanty possessions upon their backs. We
four white men walked in the rear with rifles
loaded and ready. As we started there
broke from the thick silent woods behind us
a sudden great ululation of the ape-men,
which may have been a cheer of triumph at
our departure or a jeer of contempt at our
flight. Looking back we saw only the dense
screen of trees, but that long-drawn yell told
us how many of our enemies lurked among
them. We saw no sign of pursuit, however,
and soon we had got into more open
country and beyond their power.

As I tramped along, the rearmost of the four,
I could not help smiling at the appearance of
my three companions in front. Was this the
luxurious Lord John Roxton who had sat that
evening in the Albany amidst his Persian
rugs and his pictures in the pink radiance of
the tinted lights? And was this the imposing
Professor who had swelled behind the
great desk in his massive study at Enmore
Park? And, finally, could this be the austere
and prim figure which had risen before the
meeting at the Zoological Institute? No three

-102-

tramps that one could have met in a Surrey
lane could have looked more hopeless and
bedraggled. We had, it is true, been only a
week or so upon the top of the plateau, but
all our spare clothing was in our camp
below, and the one week had been a
severe one upon us all, though least to me
who had not to endure the handling of the
ape-men. My three friends had all lost their
hats, and had now bound handkerchiefs
round their heads, their clothes hung in
ribbons about them, and their unshaven
grimy faces were hardly to be recognized.
Both Summerlee and Challenger were
limping heavily, while I still dragged my feet
from weakness after the shock of the
morning, and my neck was as stiff as a
board from the murderous grip that held it.
We were indeed a sorry crew, and I did not
wonder to see our Indian companions
glance back at us occasionally with horror
and amazement on their faces.

In the late afternoon we reached the margin
of the lake, and as we emerged from the
bush and saw the sheet of water stretching
before us our native friends set up a shrill
cry of joy and pointed eagerly in front of
them. It was indeed a wonderful sight which
lay before us. Sweeping over the glassy
surface was a great flotilla of canoes
coming straight for the shore upon which we
stood. They were some miles out when we
first saw them, but they shot forward with
great swiftness, and were soon so near that
the rowers could distinguish our persons.
Instantly a thunderous shout of delight burst
from them, and we saw them rise from their
seats, waving their paddles and spears
madly in the air. Then bending to their work
once more, they flew across the intervening
water, beached their boats upon the sloping
sand, and rushed up to us, prostrating
themselves with loud cries of greeting
before the young chief. Finally one of them,
an elderly man, with a necklace and

bracelet of great lustrous glass beads and
the skin of some beautiful mottled amber-
colored animal slung over his shoulders, ran
forward and embraced most tenderly the
youth whom we had saved. He then looked
at us and asked some questions, after
which he stepped up with much dignity and
embraced us also each in turn. Then, at his
order, the whole tribe lay down upon the
ground before us in homage. Personally I
felt shy and uncomfortable at this
obsequious adoration, and I read the same
feeling in the faces of Roxton and
Summerlee, but Challenger expanded like
a flower in the sun.

"They may be undeveloped types," said he,
stroking his beard and looking round at
them, "but their deportment in the presence
of their superiors might be a lesson to some
of our more advanced Europeans. Strange
how correct are the instincts of the natural
man!"

It was clear that the natives had come out
upon the war-path, for every man carried
his spear--a long bamboo tipped with
bone--his bow and arrows, and some sort
of club or stone battle-axe slung at his side.
Their dark, angry glances at the woods from
which we had come, and the frequent
repetition of the word "Doda," made it clear
enough that this was a rescue party who
had set forth to save or revenge the old
chief's son, for such we gathered that the
youth must be. A council was now held by
the whole tribe squatting in a circle, whilst
we sat near on a slab of basalt and watched
their proceedings. Two or three warriors
spoke, and finally our young friend made a
spirited harangue with such eloquent
features and gestures that we could
understand it all as clearly as if we had
known his language.

"What is the use of returning?" he said.

-103-

"Sooner or later the thing must be done.
Your comrades have been murdered. What
if I have returned safe? These others have
been done to death. There is no safety for
any of us. We are assembled now and
ready." Then he pointed to us. "These
strange men are our friends. They are great
fighters, and they hate the ape-men even
as we do. They command," here he pointed
up to heaven, "the thunder and the lightning.
When shall we have such a chance again?
Let us go forward, and either die now or live
for the future in safety. How else shall we go
back unashamed to our women?"

The little red warriors hung upon the words
of the speaker, and when he had finished
they burst into a roar of applause, waving
their rude weapons in the air. The old chief
stepped forward to us, and asked us some
questions, pointing at the same time to the
woods. Lord John made a sign to him that
he should wait for an answer and then he
turned to us.

"Well, it's up to you to say what you will do,"
said he; "for my part I have a score to settle
with these monkey-folk, and if it ends by
wiping them off the face of the earth I don't
see that the earth need fret about it. I'm
goin' with our little red pals and I mean to
see them through the scrap. What do you
say, young fellah?"

"Of course I will come."

"And you, Challenger?"

"I will assuredly co-operate."

"And you, Summerlee?"

"We seem to be drifting very far from the
object of this expedition, Lord John. I
assure you that I little thought when I left my
professional chair in London that it was for

the purpose of heading a raid of savages
upon a colony of anthropoid apes."

"To such base uses do we come," said Lord
John, smiling. "But we are up against it, so
what's the decision?"

"It seems a most questionable step," said
Summerlee, argumentative to the last, "but
if you are all going, I hardly see how I can
remain behind."

"Then it is settled," said Lord John, and
turning to the chief he nodded and slapped
his rifle.

The old fellow clasped our hands, each in
turn, while his men cheered louder than
ever. It was too late to advance that night, so
the Indians settled down into a rude
bivouac. On all sides their fires began to
glimmer and smoke. Some of them who
had disappeared into the jungle came back
presently driving a young iguanodon before
them. Like the others, it had a daub of
asphalt upon its shoulder, and it was only
when we saw one of the natives step
forward with the air of an owner and give his
consent to the beast's slaughter that we
understood at last that these great creatures
were as much private property as a herd of
cattle, and that these symbols which had so
perplexed us were nothing more than the
marks of the owner. Helpless, torpid, and
vegetarian, with great limbs but a minute
brain, they could be rounded up and driven
by a child. In a few minutes the huge beast
had been cut up and slabs of him were
hanging over a dozen camp fires, together
with great scaly ganoid fish which had been
speared in the lake.

Summerlee had lain down and slept upon
the sand, but we others roamed round the
edge of the water, seeking to learn
something more of this strange country.

-104-

Twice we found pits of blue clay, such as
we had already seen in the swamp of the
pterodactyls. These were old volcanic
vents, and for some reason excited the
greatest interest in Lord John. What
attracted Challenger, on the other hand,
was a bubbling, gurgling mud geyser,
where some strange gas formed great
bursting bubbles upon the surface. He thrust
a hollow reed into it and cried out with
delight like a schoolboy then he was able,
on touching it with a lighted match, to cause
a sharp explosion and a blue flame at the far
end of the tube. Still more pleased was he
when, inverting a leathern pouch over the
end of the reed, and so filling it with the gas,
he was able to send it soaring up into the
air.

"An inflammable gas, and one markedly
lighter than the atmosphere. I should say
beyond doubt that it contained a
considerable proportion of free hydrogen.
The resources of G. E. C. are not yet
exhausted, my young friend. I may yet show
you how a great mind molds all Nature to its
use." He swelled with some secret purpose,
but would say no more.

There was nothing which we could see
upon the shore which seemed to me so
wonderful as the great sheet of water
before us. Our numbers and our noise had
frightened all living creatures away, and
save for a few pterodactyls, which soared
round high above our heads while they
waited for the carrion, all was still around
the camp. But it was different out upon the
rose-tinted waters of the central lake. It
boiled and heaved with strange life. Great
slate-colored backs and high serrated
dorsal fins shot up with a fringe of silver,
and then rolled down into the depths again.
The sand-banks far out were spotted with
uncouth crawling forms, huge turtles,
strange saurians, and one great flat

creature like a writhing, palpitating mat of
black greasy leather, which flopped its way
slowly to the lake. Here and there high
serpent heads projected out of the water,
cutting swiftly through it with a little collar of
foam in front, and a long swirling wake
behind, rising and falling in graceful, swan-
like undulations as they went. It was not until
one of these creatures wriggled on to a
sand-bank within a few hundred yards of
us, and exposed a barrel-shaped body and
huge flippers behind the long serpent neck,
that Challenger, and Summerlee, who had
joined us, broke out into their duet of
wonder and admiration.

"Plesiosaurus! A fresh-water
plesiosaurus!" cried Summerlee. "That I
should have lived to see such a sight! We
are blessed, my dear Challenger, above all
zoologists since the world began!"

It was not until the night had fallen, and the
fires of our savage allies glowed red in the
shadows, that our two men of science could
be dragged away from the fascinations of
that primeval lake. Even in the darkness as
we lay upon the strand, we heard from time
to time the snort and plunge of the huge
creatures who lived therein.

At earliest dawn our camp was astir and an
hour later we had started upon our
memorable expedition. Often in my dreams
have I thought that I might live to be a war
correspondent. In what wildest one could I
have conceived the nature of the campaign
which it should be my lot to report! Here then
is my first despatch from a field of battle:

Our numbers had been reinforced during
the night by a fresh batch of natives from the
caves, and we may have been four or five
hundred strong when we made our
advance. A fringe of scouts was thrown out
in front, and behind them the whole force in

-105-

a solid column made their way up the long
slope of the bush country until we were near
the edge of the forest. Here they spread out
into a long straggling line of spearmen and
bowmen. Roxton and Summerlee took their
position upon the right flank, while
Challenger and I were on the left. It was a
host of the stone age that we were
accompanying to battle--we with the last
word of the gunsmith's art from St. James'
Street and the Strand.

We had not long to wait for our enemy. A
wild shrill clamor rose from the edge of the
wood and suddenly a body of ape-men
rushed out with clubs and stones, and made
for the center of the Indian line. It was a
valiant move but a foolish one, for the great
bandy-legged creatures were slow of foot,
while their opponents were as active as
cats. It was horrible to see the fierce brutes
with foaming mouths and glaring eyes,
rushing and grasping, but forever missing
their elusive enemies, while arrow after
arrow buried itself in their hides. One great
fellow ran past me roaring with pain, with a
dozen darts sticking from his chest and ribs.
In mercy I put a bullet through his skull, and
he fell sprawling among the aloes. But this
was the only shot fired, for the attack had
been on the center of the line, and the
Indians there had needed no help of ours in
repulsing it. Of all the ape-men who had
rushed out into the open, I do not think that
one got back to cover.

But the matter was more deadly when we
came among the trees. For an hour or more
after we entered the wood, there was a
desperate struggle in which for a time we
hardly held our own. Springing out from
among the scrub the ape-men with huge
clubs broke in upon the Indians and often
felled three or four of them before they could
be speared. Their frightful blows shattered
everything upon which they fell. One of them

knocked Summerlee's rifle to matchwood
and the next would have crushed his skull
had an Indian not stabbed the beast to the
heart. Other ape-men in the trees above us
hurled down stones and logs of wood,
occasionally dropping bodily on to our ranks
and fighting furiously until they were felled.
Once our allies broke under the pressure,
and had it not been for the execution done
by our rifles they would certainly have taken
to their heels. But they were gallantly rallied
by their old chief and came on with such a
rush that the ape-men began in turn to give
way. Summerlee was weaponless, but I
was emptying my magazine as quick as I
could fire, and on the further flank we heard
the continuous cracking of our companion's
rifles.

Then in a moment came the panic and the
collapse. Screaming and howling, the great
creatures rushed away in all directions
through the brushwood, while our allies
yelled in their savage delight, following
swiftly after their flying enemies. All the
feuds of countless generations, all the
hatreds and cruelties of their narrow history,
all the memories of ill-usage and
persecution were to be purged that day. At
last man was to be supreme and the man-
beast to find forever his allotted place. Fly
as they would the fugitives were too slow to
escape from the active savages, and from
every side in the tangled woods we heard
the exultant yells, the twanging of bows, and
the crash and thud as ape-men were
brought down from their hiding-places in
the trees.

I was following the others, when I found that
Lord John and Challenger had come across
to join us.

"It's over," said Lord John. "I think we can
leave the tidying up to them. Perhaps the
less we see of it the better we shall sleep."

-106-

Challenger's eyes were shining with the lust
of slaughter.

"We have been privileged," he cried,
strutting about like a gamecock, "to be
present at one of the typical decisive battles
of history--the battles which have
determined the fate of the world. What, my
friends, is the conquest of one nation by
another? It is meaningless. Each produces
the same result. But those fierce fights,
when in the dawn of the ages the cave-
dwellers held their own against the tiger
folk, or the elephants first found that they
had a master, those were the real
conquests--the victories that count. By this
strange turn of fate we have seen and
helped to decide even such a contest. Now
upon this plateau the future must ever be for
man."

It needed a robust faith in the end to justify
such tragic means. As we advanced
together through the woods we found the
ape-men lying thick, transfixed with spears
or arrows. Here and there a little group of
shattered Indians marked where one of the
anthropoids had turned to bay, and sold his
life dearly. Always in front of us we heard
the yelling and roaring which showed the
direction of the pursuit. The ape-men had
been driven back to their city, they had
made a last stand there, once again they
had been broken, and now we were in time
to see the final fearful scene of all. Some
eighty or a hundred males, the last
survivors, had been driven across that
same little clearing which led to the edge of
the cliff, the scene of our own exploit two
days before. As we arrived the Indians, a
semicircle of spearmen, had closed in on
them, and in a minute it was over, Thirty or
forty died where they stood. The others,
screaming and clawing, were thrust over
the precipice, and went hurtling down, as
their prisoners had of old, on to the sharp

bamboos six hundred feet below. It was as
Challenger had said, and the reign of man
was assured forever in Maple White Land.
The males were exterminated, Ape Town
was destroyed, the females and young
were driven away to live in bondage, and
the long rivalry of untold centuries had
reached its bloody end.

For us the victory brought much advantage.
Once again we were able to visit our camp
and get at our stores. Once more also we
were able to communicate with Zambo,
who had been terrified by the spectacle
from afar of an avalanche of apes falling
from the edge of the cliff.

"Come away, Massas, come away!" he
cried, his eyes starting from his head. "The
debbil get you sure if you stay up there."

"It is the voice of sanity!" said Summerlee
with conviction. "We have had adventures
enough and they are neither suitable to our
character or our position. I hold you to your
word, Challenger. From now onwards you
devote your energies to getting us out of this
horrible country and back once more to
civilization."

Chapter 15 Our Eyes Have Seen Great
Wonders

I write this from day to day, but I trust that
before I come to the end of it, I may be able
to say that the light shines, at last, through
our clouds. We are held here with no clear
means of making our escape, and bitterly
we chafe against it. Yet, I can well imagine
that the day may come when we may be
glad that we were kept, against our will, to
see something more of the wonders of this
singular place, and of the creatures who
inhabit it.

The victory of the Indians and the

-107-

annihilation of the ape-men, marked the
turning point of our fortunes. From then
onwards, we were in truth masters of the
plateau, for the natives looked upon us with
a mixture of fear and gratitude, since by our
strange powers we had aided them to
destroy their hereditary foe. For their own
sakes they would, perhaps, be glad to see
the departure of such formidable and
incalculable people, but they have not
themselves suggested any way by which
we may reach the plains below. There had
been, so far as we could follow their signs,
a tunnel by which the place could be
approached, the lower exit of which we had
seen from below. By this, no doubt, both
ape-men and Indians had at different
epochs reached the top, and Maple White
with his companion had taken the same
way. Only the year before, however, there
had been a terrific earthquake, and the
upper end of the tunnel had fallen in and
completely disappeared. The Indians now
could only shake their heads and shrug their
shoulders when we expressed by signs our
desire to descend. It may be that they
cannot, but it may also be that they will not,
help us to get away.

At the end of the victorious campaign the
surviving ape-folk were driven across the
plateau (their wailings were horrible) and
established in the neighborhood of the
Indian caves, where they would, from now
onwards, be a servile race under the eyes
of their masters. It was a rude, raw,
primeval version of the Jews in Babylon or
the Israelites in Egypt. At night we could
hear from amid the trees the long-drawn
cry, as some primitive Ezekiel mourned for
fallen greatness and recalled the departed
glories of Ape Town. Hewers of wood and
drawers of water, such were they from now
onwards.

We had returned across the plateau with our

allies two days after the battle, and made
our camp at the foot of their cliffs. They
would have had us share their caves with
them, but Lord John would by no means
consent to it considering that to do so would
put us in their power if they were
treacherously disposed. We kept our
independence, therefore, and had our
weapons ready for any emergency, while
preserving the most friendly relations. We
also continually visited their caves, which
were most remarkable places, though
whether made by man or by Nature we have
never been able to determine. They were all
on the one stratum, hollowed out of some
soft rock which lay between the volcanic
basalt forming the ruddy cliffs above them,
and the hard granite which formed their
base.

The openings were about eighty feet above
the ground, and were led up to by long stone
stairs, so narrow and steep that no large
animal could mount them. Inside they were
warm and dry, running in straight passages
of varying length into the side of the hill, with
smooth gray walls decorated with many
excellent pictures done with charred sticks
and representing the various animals of the
plateau. If every living thing were swept
from the country the future explorer would
find upon the walls of these caves ample
evidence of the strange fauna--the
dinosaurs, iguanodons, and fish lizards--
which had lived so recently upon earth.

Since we had learned that the huge
iguanodons were kept as tame herds by
their owners, and were simply walking
meat-stores, we had conceived that man,
even with his primitive weapons, had
established his ascendancy upon the
plateau. We were soon to discover that it
was not so, and that he was still there upon
tolerance.

-108-

It was on the third day after our forming our
camp near the Indian caves that the tragedy
occurred. Challenger and Summerlee had
gone off together that day to the lake where
some of the natives, under their direction,
were engaged in harpooning specimens of
the great lizards. Lord John and I had
remained in our camp, while a number of
the Indians were scattered about upon the
grassy slope in front of the caves engaged
in different ways. Suddenly there was a
shrill cry of alarm, with the word "Stoa"
resounding from a hundred tongues. From
every side men, women, and children were
rushing wildly for shelter, swarming up the
staircases and into the caves in a mad
stampede.

Looking up, we could see them waving their
arms from the rocks above and beckoning
to us to join them in their refuge. We had
both seized our magazine rifles and ran out
to see what the danger could be. Suddenly
from the near belt of trees there broke forth
a group of twelve or fifteen Indians, running
for their lives, and at their very heels two of
those frightful monsters which had
disturbed our camp and pursued me upon
my solitary journey. In shape they were like
horrible toads, and moved in a succession
of springs, but in size they were of an
incredible bulk, larger than the largest
elephant. We had never before seen them
save at night, and indeed they are nocturnal
animals save when disturbed in their lairs,
as these had been. We now stood amazed
at the sight, for their blotched and warty
skins were of a curious fish-like
iridescence, and the sunlight struck them
with an ever-varying rainbow bloom as they
moved.

We had little time to watch them, however,
for in an instant they had overtaken the
fugitives and were making a dire slaughter
among them. Their method was to fall

forward with their full weight upon each in
turn, leaving him crushed and mangled, to
bound on after the others. The wretched
Indians screamed with terror, but were
helpless, run as they would, before the
relentless purpose and horrible activity of
these monstrous creatures. One after
another they went down, and there were not
half-a-dozen surviving by the time my
companion and I could come to their help.
But our aid was of little avail and only
involved us in the same peril. At the range of
a couple of hundred yards we emptied our
magazines, firing bullet after bullet into the
beasts, but with no more effect than if we
were pelting them with pellets of paper.
Their slow reptilian natures cared nothing
for wounds, and the springs of their lives,
with no special brain center but scattered
throughout their spinal cords, could not be
tapped by any modern weapons. The most
that we could do was to check their
progress by distracting their attention with
the flash and roar of our guns, and so to give
both the natives and ourselves time to reach
the steps which led to safety. But where the
conical explosive bullets of the twentieth
century were of no avail, the poisoned
arrows of the natives, dipped in the juice of
strophanthus and steeped afterwards in
decayed carrion, could succeed. Such
arrows were of little avail to the hunter who
attacked the beast, because their action in
that torpid circulation was slow, and before
its powers failed it could certainly overtake
and slay its assailant. But now, as the two
monsters hounded us to the very foot of the
stairs, a drift of darts came whistling from
every chink in the cliff above them. In a
minute they were feathered with them, and
yet with no sign of pain they clawed and
slobbered with impotent rage at the steps
which would lead them to their victims,
mounting clumsily up for a few yards and
then sliding down again to the ground. But at
last the poison worked. One of them gave a

-109-

deep rumbling groan and dropped his huge
squat head on to the earth. The other
bounded round in an eccentric circle with
shrill, wailing cries, and then lying down
writhed in agony for some minutes before it
also stiffened and lay still. With yells of
triumph the Indians came flocking down
from their caves and danced a frenzied
dance of victory round the dead bodies, in
mad joy that two more of the most
dangerous of all their enemies had been
slain. That night they cut up and removed the
bodies, not to eat--for the poison was still
active--but lest they should breed a
pestilence. The great reptilian hearts,
however, each as large as a cushion, still
lay there, beating slowly and steadily, with a
gentle rise and fall, in horrible independent
life. It was only upon the third day that the
ganglia ran down and the dreadful things
were still.

Some day, when I have a better desk than a
meat-tin and more helpful tools than a worn
stub of pencil and a last, tattered note-
book, I will write some fuller account of the
Accala Indians--of our life amongst them,
and of the glimpses which we had of the
strange conditions of wondrous Maple
White Land. Memory, at least, will never fail
me, for so long as the breath of life is in me,
every hour and every action of that period
will stand out as hard and clear as do the
first strange happenings of our childhood.
No new impressions could efface those
which are so deeply cut. When the time
comes I will describe that wondrous moonlit
night upon the great lake when a young
ichthyosaurus--a strange creature, half
seal, half fish, to look at, with bone-covered
eyes on each side of his snout, and a third
eye fixed upon the top of his head--was
entangled in an Indian net, and nearly upset
our canoe before we towed it ashore; the
same night that a green water-snake shot
out from the rushes and carried off in its

coils the steersman of Challenger's canoe. I
will tell, too, of the great nocturnal white
thing--to this day we do not know whether it
was beast or reptile--which lived in a vile
swamp to the east of the lake, and flitted
about with a faint phosphorescent glimmer
in the darkness. The Indians were so
terrified at it that they would not go near the
place, and, though we twice made
expeditions and saw it each time, we could
not make our way through the deep marsh in
which it lived. I can only say that it seemed to
be larger than a cow and had the strangest
musky odor. I will tell also of the huge bird
which chased Challenger to the shelter of
the rocks one day--a great running bird, far
taller than an ostrich, with a vulture-like neck
and cruel head which made it a walking
death. As Challenger climbed to safety one
dart of that savage curving beak shore off
the heel of his boot as if it had been cut with
a chisel. This time at least modern weapons
prevailed and the great creature, twelve
feet from head to foot--phororachus its
name, according to our panting but exultant
Professor--went down before Lord
Roxton's rifle in a flurry of waving feathers
and kicking limbs, with two remorseless
yellow eyes glaring up from the midst of it.
May I live to see that flattened vicious skull in
its own niche amid the trophies of the
Albany. Finally, I will assuredly give some
account of the toxodon, the giant ten-foot
guinea pig, with projecting chisel teeth,
which we killed as it drank in the gray of the
morning by the side of the lake.

All this I shall some day write at fuller length,
and amidst these more stirring days I would
tenderly sketch in these lovely summer
evenings, when with the deep blue sky
above us we lay in good comradeship
among the long grasses by the wood and
marveled at the strange fowl that swept over
us and the quaint new creatures which crept
from their burrows to watch us, while above

-110-

us the boughs of the bushes were heavy
with luscious fruit, and below us strange
and lovely flowers peeped at us from
among the herbage; or those long moonlit
nights when we lay out upon the shimmering
surface of the great lake and watched with
wonder and awe the huge circles rippling
out from the sudden splash of some
fantastic monster; or the greenish gleam,
far down in the deep water, of some
strange creature upon the confines of
darkness. These are the scenes which my
mind and my pen will dwell upon in every
detail at some future day.

But, you will ask, why these experiences
and why this delay, when you and your
comrades should have been occupied day
and night in the devising of some means by
which you could return to the outer world?
My answer is, that there was not one of us
who was not working for this end, but that
our work had been in vain. One fact we had
very speedily discovered: The Indians
would do nothing to help us. In every other
way they were our friends--one might
almost say our devoted slaves--but when it
was suggested that they should help us to
make and carry a plank which would bridge
the chasm, or when we wished to get from
them thongs of leather or liana to weave
ropes which might help us, we were met by
a good-humored, but an invincible, refusal.
They would smile, twinkle their eyes, shake
their heads, and there was the end of it.
Even the old chief met us with the same
obstinate denial, and it was only Maretas,
the youngster whom we had saved, who
looked wistfully at us and told us by his
gestures that he was grieved for our
thwarted wishes. Ever since their crowning
triumph with the ape-men they looked upon
us as supermen, who bore victory in the
tubes of strange weapons, and they
believed that so long as we remained with
them good fortune would be theirs. A little

red-skinned wife and a cave of our own
were freely offered to each of us if we
would but forget our own people and dwell
forever upon the plateau. So far all had
been kindly, however far apart our desires
might be; but we felt well assured that our
actual plans of a descent must be kept
secret, for we had reason to fear that at the
last they might try to hold us by force.

In spite of the danger from dinosaurs (which
is not great save at night, for, as I may have
said before, they are mostly nocturnal in
their habits) I have twice in the last three
weeks been over to our old camp in order to
see our negro who still kept watch and ward
below the cliff. My eyes strained eagerly
across the great plain in the hope of seeing
afar off the help for which we had prayed.
But the long cactus-strewn levels still
stretched away, empty and bare, to the
distant line of the cane-brake.

"They will soon come now, Massa Malone.
Before another week pass Indian come
back and bring rope and fetch you down."
Such was the cheery cry of our excellent
Zambo.

I had one strange experience as I came
from this second visit which had involved my
being away for a night from my
companions. I was returning along the well-
remembered route, and had reached a spot
within a mile or so of the marsh of the
pterodactyls, when I saw an extraordinary
object approaching me. It was a man who
walked inside a framework made of bent
canes so that he was enclosed on all sides
in a bell-shaped cage. As I drew nearer I
was more amazed still to see that it was
Lord John Roxton. When he saw me he
slipped from under his curious protection
and came towards me laughing, and yet, as
I thought, with some confusion in his
manner.

-111-

"Well, young fellah," said he, "who would
have thought of meetin' you up here?"

"What in the world are you doing?" I asked.

"Visitin' my friends, the pterodactyls," said
he.

"But why?"

"Interestin' beasts, don't you think? But
unsociable! Nasty rude ways with
strangers, as you may remember. So I
rigged this framework which keeps them
from bein' too pressin' in their attentions."

"But what do you want in the swamp?"

He looked at me with a very questioning
eye, and I read hesitation in his face.

"Don't you think other people besides
Professors can want to know things?" he
said at last. "I'm studyin' the pretty dears.
That's enough for you."

"No offense," said I.

His good-humor returned and he laughed.

"No offense, young fellah. I'm goin' to get a
young devil chick for Challenger. That's one
of my jobs. No, I don't want your company.
I'm safe in this cage, and you are not. So
long, and I'll be back in camp by night-fall."

He turned away and I left him wandering on
through the wood with his extraordinary
cage around him.

If Lord John's behavior at this time was
strange, that of Challenger was more so. I
may say that he seemed to possess an
extraordinary fascination for the Indian
women, and that he always carried a large
spreading palm branch with which he beat

them off as if they were flies, when their
attentions became too pressing. To see him
walking like a comic opera Sultan, with this
badge of authority in his hand, his black
beard bristling in front of him, his toes
pointing at each step, and a train of wide-
eyed Indian girls behind him, clad in their
slender drapery of bark cloth, is one of the
most grotesque of all the pictures which I
will carry back with me. As to Summerlee,
he was absorbed in the insect and bird life
of the plateau, and spent his whole time
(save that considerable portion which was
devoted to abusing Challenger for not
getting us out of our difficulties) in cleaning
and mounting his specimens.

Challenger had been in the habit of walking
off by himself every morning and returning
from time to time with looks of portentous
solemnity, as one who bears the full weight
of a great enterprise upon his shoulders.
One day, palm branch in hand, and his
crowd of adoring devotees behind him, he
led us down to his hidden work-shop and
took us into the secret of his plans.

The place was a small clearing in the center
of a palm grove. In this was one of those
boiling mud geysers which I have already
described. Around its edge were scattered
a number of leathern thongs cut from
iguanodon hide, and a large collapsed
membrane which proved to be the dried
and scraped stomach of one of the great
fish lizards from the lake. This huge sack
had been sewn up at one end and only a
small orifice left at the other. Into this
opening several bamboo canes had been
inserted and the other ends of these canes
were in contact with conical clay funnels
which collected the gas bubbling up through
the mud of the geyser. Soon the flaccid
organ began to slowly expand and show
such a tendency to upward movements that
Challenger fastened the cords which held it

-112-

to the trunks of the surrounding trees. In half
an hour a good-sized gas-bag had been
formed, and the jerking and straining upon
the thongs showed that it was capable of
considerable lift. Challenger, like a glad
father in the presence of his first-born,
stood smiling and stroking his beard, in
silent, self-satisfied content as he gazed at
the creation of his brain. It was Summerlee
who first broke the silence.

"You don't mean us to go up in that thing,
Challenger?" said he, in an acid voice.

"I mean, my dear Summerlee, to give you
such a demonstration of its powers that
after seeing it you will, I am sure, have no
hesitation in trusting yourself to it."

"You can put it right out of your head now, at
once," said Summerlee with decision,
"nothing on earth would induce me to
commit such a folly. Lord John, I trust that
you will not countenance such madness?"

"Dooced ingenious, I call it," said our peer.
"I'd like to see how it works."

"So you shall," said Challenger. "For some
days I have exerted my whole brain force
upon the problem of how we shall descend
from these cliffs. We have satisfied
ourselves that we cannot climb down and
that there is no tunnel. We are also unable to
construct any kind of bridge which may take
us back to the pinnacle from which we
came. How then shall I find a means to
convey us? Some little time ago I had
remarked to our young friend here that free
hydrogen was evolved from the geyser. The
idea of a balloon naturally followed. I was, I
will admit, somewhat baffled by the
difficulty of discovering an envelope to
contain the gas, but the contemplation of the
immense entrails of these reptiles supplied
me with a solution to the problem. Behold

the result!"

He put one hand in the front of his ragged
jacket and pointed proudly with the other.

By this time the gas-bag had swollen to a
goodly rotundity and was jerking strongly
upon its lashings.

"Midsummer madness!" snorted
Summerlee.

Lord John was delighted with the whole
idea. "Clever old dear, ain't he?" he
whispered to me, and then louder to
Challenger. "What about a car?"

"The car will be my next care. I have already
planned how it is to be made and attached.
Meanwhile I will simply show you how
capable my apparatus is of supporting the
weight of each of us."

"All of us, surely?"

"No, it is part of my plan that each in turn
shall descend as in a parachute, and the
balloon be drawn back by means which I
shall have no difficulty in perfecting. If it will
support the weight of one and let him gently
down, it will have done all that is required of
it. I will now show you its capacity in that
direction."

He brought out a lump of basalt of a
considerable size, constructed in the
middle so that a cord could be easily
attached to it. This cord was the one which
we had brought with us on to the plateau
after we had used it for climbing the
pinnacle. It was over a hundred feet long,
and though it was thin it was very strong. He
had prepared a sort of collar of leather with
many straps depending from it. This collar
was placed over the dome of the balloon,
and the hanging thongs were gathered

-113-

together below, so that the pressure of any
weight would be diffused over a
considerable surface. Then the lump of
basalt was fastened to the thongs, and the
rope was allowed to hang from the end of it,
being passed three times round the
Professor's arm.

"I will now," said Challenger, with a smile of
pleased anticipation, "demonstrate the
carrying power of my balloon." As he said
so he cut with a knife the various lashings
that held it.

Never was our expedition in more imminent
danger of complete annihilation. The
inflated membrane shot up with frightful
velocity into the air. In an instant Challenger
was pulled off his feet and dragged after it. I
had just time to throw my arms round his
ascending waist when I was myself
whipped up into the air. Lord John had me
with a rat-trap grip round the legs, but I felt
that he also was coming off the ground. For
a moment I had a vision of four adventurers
floating like a string of sausages over the
land that they had explored. But, happily,
there were limits to the strain which the rope
would stand, though none apparently to the
lifting powers of this infernal machine.
There was a sharp crack, and we were in a
heap upon the ground with coils of rope all
over us. When we were able to stagger to
our feet we saw far off in the deep blue sky
one dark spot where the lump of basalt was
speeding upon its way.

"Splendid!" cried the undaunted Challenger,
rubbing his injured arm. "A most thorough
and satisfactory demonstration! I could not
have anticipated such a success. Within a
week, gentlemen, I promise that a second
balloon will be prepared, and that you can
count upon taking in safety and comfort the
first stage of our homeward journey." So far
I have written each of the foregoing events

as it occurred. Now I am rounding off my
narrative from the old camp, where Zambo
has waited so long, with all our difficulties
and dangers left like a dream behind us
upon the summit of those vast ruddy crags
which tower above our heads. We have
descended in safety, though in a most
unexpected fashion, and all is well with us.
In six weeks or two months we shall be in
London, and it is possible that this letter
may not reach you much earlier than we do
ourselves. Already our hearts yearn and our
spirits fly towards the great mother city
which holds so much that is dear to us.

It was on the very evening of our perilous
adventure with Challenger's home-made
balloon that the change came in our
fortunes. I have said that the one person
from whom we had had some sign of
sympathy in our attempts to get away was
the young chief whom we had rescued. He
alone had no desire to hold us against our
will in a strange land. He had told us as
much by his expressive language of signs.
That evening, after dusk, he came down to
our little camp, handed me (for some
reason he had always shown his attentions
to me, perhaps because I was the one who
was nearest his age) a small roll of the bark
of a tree, and then pointing solemnly up at
the row of caves above him, he had put his
finger to his lips as a sign of secrecy and
had stolen back again to his people.

I took the slip of bark to the firelight and we
examined it together. It was about a foot
square, and on the inner side there was a
singular arrangement of lines, which I here
reproduce:

They were neatly done in charcoal upon the
white surface, and looked to me at first
sight like some sort of rough musical score.

"Whatever it is, I can swear that it is of

-114-

importance to us," said I. "I could read that
on his face as he gave it."

"Unless we have come upon a primitive
practical joker," Summerlee suggested,
"which I should think would be one of the
most elementary developments of man."

"It is clearly some sort of script," said
Challenger.

"Looks like a guinea puzzle competition,"
remarked Lord John, craning his neck to
have a look at it. Then suddenly he stretched
out his hand and seized the puzzle.

"By George!" he cried, "I believe I've got it.
The boy guessed right the very first time.
See here! How many marks are on that
paper? Eighteen. Well, if you come to think
of it there are eighteen cave openings on
the hill-side above us."

"He pointed up to the caves when he gave it
to me," said I.

"Well, that settles it. This is a chart of the
caves. What! Eighteen of them all in a row,
some short, some deep, some branching,
same as we saw them. It's a map, and
here's a cross on it. What's the cross for? It
is placed to mark one that is much deeper
than the others."

"One that goes through," I cried.

"I believe our young friend has read the
riddle," said Challenger. "If the cave does
not go through I do not understand why this
person, who has every reason to mean us
well, should have drawn our attention to it.
But if it does go through and comes out at
the corresponding point on the other side,
we should not have more than a hundred
feet to descend."

"A hundred feet!" grumbled Summerlee.

"Well, our rope is still more than a hundred
feet long," I cried. "Surely we could get
down."

"How about the Indians in the cave?"
Summerlee objected.

"There are no Indians in any of the caves
above our heads," said I. "They are all used
as barns and store-houses. Why should we
not go up now at once and spy out the land?"

There is a dry bituminous wood upon the
plateau--a species of araucaria, according
to our botanist--which is always used by
the Indians for torches. Each of us picked
up a faggot of this, and we made our way
up weed-covered steps to the particular
cave which was marked in the drawing. It
was, as I had said, empty, save for a great
number of enormous bats, which flapped
round our heads as we advanced into it. As
we had no desire to draw the attention of
the Indians to our proceedings, we
stumbled along in the dark until we had
gone round several curves and penetrated a
considerable distance into the cavern.
Then, at last, we lit our torches. It was a
beautiful dry tunnel with smooth gray walls
covered with native symbols, a curved roof
which arched over our heads, and white
glistening sand beneath our feet. We hurried
eagerly along it until, with a deep groan of
bitter disappointment, we were brought to a
halt. A sheer wall of rock had appeared
before us, with no chink through which a
mouse could have slipped. There was no
escape for us there.

We stood with bitter hearts staring at this
unexpected obstacle. It was not the result of
any convulsion, as in the case of the
ascending tunnel. The end wall was exactly
like the side ones. It was, and had always

-115-

been, a cul-de-sac.

"Never mind, my friends," said the
indomitable Challenger. "You have still my
firm promise of a balloon."

Summerlee groaned.

"Can we be in the wrong cave?" I
suggested.

"No use, young fellah," said Lord John, with
his finger on the chart. "Seventeen from the
right and second from the left. This is the
cave sure enough."

I looked at the mark to which his finger
pointed, and I gave a sudden cry of joy.

"I believe I have it! Follow me! Follow me!"

I hurried back along the way we had come,
my torch in my hand. "Here," said I, pointing
to some matches upon the ground, "is
where we lit up."

"Exactly."

"Well, it is marked as a forked cave, and in
the darkness we passed the fork before the
torches were lit. On the right side as we go
out we should find the longer arm."

It was as I had said. We had not gone thirty
yards before a great black opening loomed
in the wall. We turned into it to find that we
were in a much larger passage than before.
Along it we hurried in breathless impatience
for many hundreds of yards. Then,
suddenly, in the black darkness of the arch
in front of us we saw a gleam of dark red
light. We stared in amazement. A sheet of
steady flame seemed to cross the passage
and to bar our way. We hastened towards it.
No sound, no heat, no movement came
from it, but still the great luminous curtain

glowed before us, silvering all the cave and
turning the sand to powdered jewels, until
as we drew closer it discovered a circular
edge.

"The moon, by George!" cried Lord John.
"We are through, boys! We are through!"

It was indeed the full moon which shone
straight down the aperture which opened
upon the cliffs. It was a small rift, not larger
than a window, but it was enough for all our
purposes. As we craned our necks through
it we could see that the descent was not a
very difficult one, and that the level ground
was no very great way below us. It was no
wonder that from below we had not
observed the place, as the cliffs curved
overhead and an ascent at the spot would
have seemed so impossible as to
discourage close inspection. We satisfied
ourselves that with the help of our rope we
could find our way down, and then returned,
rejoicing, to our camp to make our
preparations for the next evening.

What we did we had to do quickly and
secretly, since even at this last hour the
Indians might hold us back. Our stores we
would leave behind us, save only our guns
and cartridges. But Challenger had some
unwieldy stuff which he ardently desired to
take with him, and one particular package,
of which I may not speak, which gave us
more labor than any. Slowly the day passed,
but when the darkness fell we were ready
for our departure. With much labor we got
our things up the steps, and then, looking
back, took one last long survey of that
strange land, soon I fear to be vulgarized,
the prey of hunter and prospector, but to
each of us a dreamland of glamour and
romance, a land where we had dared
much, suffered much, and learned much--
OUR land, as we shall ever fondly call it.
Along upon our left the neighboring caves

-116-

each threw out its ruddy cheery firelight into
the gloom. From the slope below us rose
the voices of the Indians as they laughed
and sang. Beyond was the long sweep of
the woods, and in the center, shimmering
vaguely through the gloom, was the great
lake, the mother of strange monsters. Even
as we looked a high whickering cry, the call
of some weird animal, rang clear out of the
darkness. It was the very voice of Maple
White Land bidding us good-bye. We turned
and plunged into the cave which led to
home.

Two hours later, we, our packages, and all
we owned, were at the foot of the cliff. Save
for Challenger's luggage we had never a
difficulty. Leaving it all where we
descended, we started at once for
Zambo's camp. In the early morning we
approached it, but only to find, to our
amazement, not one fire but a dozen upon
the plain. The rescue party had arrived.
There were twenty Indians from the river,
with stakes, ropes, and all that could be
useful for bridging the chasm. At least we
shall have no difficulty now in carrying our
packages, when to-morrow we begin to
make our way back to the Amazon.

And so, in humble and thankful mood, I
close this account. Our eyes have seen
great wonders and our souls are chastened
by what we have endured. Each is in his
own way a better and deeper man. It may be
that when we reach Para we shall stop to
refit. If we do, this letter will be a mail ahead.
If not, it will reach London on the very day
that I do. In either case, my dear Mr.
McArdle, I hope very soon to shake you by
the hand.

Chapter 16 A Procession! A Procession!

I should wish to place upon record here our
gratitude to all our friends upon the Amazon

for the very great kindness and hospitality
which was shown to us upon our return
journey. Very particularly would I thank
Senhor Penalosa and other officials of the
Brazilian Government for the special
arrangements by which we were helped
upon our way, and Senhor Pereira of Para,
to whose forethought we owe the complete
outfit for a decent appearance in the
civilized world which we found ready for us
at that town. It seemed a poor return for all
the courtesy which we encountered that we
should deceive our hosts and benefactors,
but under the circumstances we had really
no alternative, and I hereby tell them that
they will only waste their time and their
money if they attempt to follow upon our
traces. Even the names have been altered
in our accounts, and I am very sure that no
one, from the most careful study of them,
could come within a thousand miles of our
unknown land.

The excitement which had been caused
through those parts of South America which
we had to traverse was imagined by us to
be purely local, and I can assure our friends
in England that we had no notion of the
uproar which the mere rumor of our
experiences had caused through Europe. It
was not until the Ivernia was within five
hundred miles of Southampton that the
wireless messages from paper after paper
and agency after agency, offering huge
prices for a short return message as to our
actual results, showed us how strained was
the attention not only of the scientific world
but of the general public. It was agreed
among us, however, that no definite
statement should be given to the Press until
we had met the members of the Zoological
Institute, since as delegates it was our clear
duty to give our first report to the body from
which we had received our commission of
investigation. Thus, although we found
Southampton full of Pressmen, we

-117-

absolutely refused to give any information,
which had the natural effect of focussing
public attention upon the meeting which
was advertised for the evening of
November 7th. For this gathering, the
Zoological Hall which had been the scene of
the inception of our task was found to be far
too small, and it was only in the Queen's
Hall in Regent Street that accommodation
could be found. It is now common
knowledge the promoters might have
ventured upon the Albert Hall and still found
their space too scanty.

It was for the second evening after our
arrival that the great meeting had been
fixed. For the first, we had each, no doubt,
our own pressing personal affairs to absorb
us. Of mine I cannot yet speak. It may be that
as it stands further from me I may think of it,
and even speak of it, with less emotion. I
have shown the reader in the beginning of
this narrative where lay the springs of my
action. It is but right, perhaps, that I should
carry on the tale and show also the results.
And yet the day may come when I would not
have it otherwise. At least I have been
driven forth to take part in a wondrous
adventure, and I cannot but be thankful to
the force that drove me.

And now I turn to the last supreme eventful
moment of our adventure. As I was racking
my brain as to how I should best describe it,
my eyes fell upon the issue of my own
Journal for the morning of the 8th of
November with the full and excellent
account of my friend and fellow-reporter
Macdona. What can I do better than
transcribe his narrative--head-lines and
all? I admit that the paper was exuberant in
the matter, out of compliment to its own
enterprise in sending a correspondent, but
the other great dailies were hardly less full in
their account. Thus, then, friend Mac in his
report:

THE NEW WORLD GREAT MEETING AT
THE QUEEN'S HALL SCENES OF
UPROAR EXTRAORDINARY INCIDENT
WHAT WAS IT? NOCTURNAL RIOT IN
REGENT STREET (Special)

"The much-discussed meeting of the
Zoological Institute, convened to hear the
report of the Committee of Investigation
sent out last year to South America to test
the assertions made by Professor
Challenger as to the continued existence of
prehistoric life upon that Continent, was
held last night in the greater Queen's Hall,
and it is safe to say that it is likely to be a red
letter date in the history of Science, for the
proceedings were of so remarkable and
sensational a character that no one present
is ever likely to forget them." (Oh, brother
scribe Macdona, what a monstrous
opening sentence!) "The tickets were
theoretically confined to members and their
friends, but the latter is an elastic term, and
long before eight o'clock, the hour fixed for
the commencement of the proceedings, all
parts of the Great Hall were tightly packed.
The general public, however, which most
unreasonably entertained a grievance at
having been excluded, stormed the doors at
a quarter to eight, after a prolonged melee
in which several people were injured,
including Inspector Scoble of H. Division,
whose leg was unfortunately broken. After
this unwarrantable invasion, which not only
filled every passage, but even intruded
upon the space set apart for the Press, it is
estimated that nearly five thousand people
awaited the arrival of the travelers. When
they eventually appeared, they took their
places in the front of a platform which
already contained all the leading scientific
men, not only of this country, but of France
and of Germany. Sweden was also
represented, in the person of Professor
Sergius, the famous Zoologist of the
University of Upsala. The entrance of the

-118-

four heroes of the occasion was the signal
for a remarkable demonstration of
welcome, the whole audience rising and
cheering for some minutes. An acute
observer might, however, have detected
some signs of dissent amid the applause,
and gathered that the proceedings were
likely to become more lively than
harmonious. It may safely be prophesied,
however, that no one could have foreseen
the extraordinary turn which they were
actually to take.

"Of the appearance of the four wanderers
little need be said, since their photographs
have for some time been appearing in all
the papers. They bear few traces of the
hardships which they are said to have
undergone. Professor Challenger's beard
may be more shaggy, Professor
Summerlee's features more ascetic, Lord
John Roxton's figure more gaunt, and all
three may be burned to a darker tint than
when they left our shores, but each
appeared to be in most excellent health. As
to our own representative, the well-known
athlete and international Rugby football
player, E. D. Malone, he looks trained to a
hair, and as he surveyed the crowd a smile
of good-humored contentment pervaded
his honest but homely face." (All right, Mac,
wait till I get you alone!)

"When quiet had been restored and the
audience resumed their seats after the
ovation which they had given to the
travelers, the chairman, the Duke of
Durham, addressed the meeting. `He would
not,' he said, `stand for more than a
moment between that vast assembly and
the treat which lay before them. It was not
for him to anticipate what Professor
Summerlee, who was the spokesman of
the committee, had to say to them, but it
was common rumor that their expedition
had been crowned by extraordinary

success.' (Applause.) `Apparently the age
of romance was not dead, and there was
common ground upon which the wildest
imaginings of the novelist could meet the
actual scientific investigations of the
searcher for truth. He would only add,
before he sat down, that he rejoiced--and
all of them would rejoice--that these
gentlemen had returned safe and sound
from their difficult and dangerous task, for it
cannot be denied that any disaster to such
an expedition would have inflicted a well-
nigh irreparable loss to the cause of
Zoological science.' (Great applause, in
which Professor Challenger was observed
to join.)

"Professor Summerlee's rising was the
signal for another extraordinary outbreak of
enthusiasm, which broke out again at
intervals throughout his address. That
address will not be given in extenso in these
columns, for the reason that a full account of
the whole adventures of the expedition is
being published as a supplement from the
pen of our own special correspondent.
Some general indications will therefore
suffice. Having described the genesis of
their journey, and paid a handsome tribute
to his friend Professor Challenger, coupled
with an apology for the incredulity with
which his assertions, now fully vindicated,
had been received, he gave the actual
course of their journey, carefully
withholding such information as would aid
the public in any attempt to locate this
remarkable plateau. Having described, in
general terms, their course from the main
river up to the time that they actually reached
the base of the cliffs, he enthralled his
hearers by his account of the difficulties
encountered by the expedition in their
repeated attempts to mount them, and
finally described how they succeeded in
their desperate endeavors, which cost the
lives of their two devoted half-breed

-119-

servants." (This amazing reading of the
affair was the result of Summerlee's
endeavors to avoid raising any
questionable matter at the meeting.)

"Having conducted his audience in fancy to
the summit, and marooned them there by
reason of the fall of their bridge, the
Professor proceeded to describe both the
horrors and the attractions of that
remarkable land. Of personal adventures he
said little, but laid stress upon the rich
harvest reaped by Science in the
observations of the wonderful beast, bird,
insect, and plant life of the plateau.
Peculiarly rich in the coleoptera and in the
lepidoptera, forty-six new species of the
one and ninety-four of the other had been
secured in the course of a few weeks. It
was, however, in the larger animals, and
especially in the larger animals supposed to
have been long extinct, that the interest of
the public was naturally centered. Of these
he was able to give a goodly list, but had
little doubt that it would be largely extended
when the place had been more thoroughly
investigated. He and his companions had
seen at least a dozen creatures, most of
them at a distance, which corresponded
with nothing at present known to Science.
These would in time be duly classified and
examined. He instanced a snake, the cast
skin of which, deep purple in color, was
fifty-one feet in length, and mentioned a
white creature, supposed to be
mammalian, which gave forth well-marked
phosphorescence in the darkness; also a
large black moth, the bite of which was
supposed by the Indians to be highly
poisonous. Setting aside these entirely new
forms of life, the plateau was very rich in
known prehistoric forms, dating back in
some cases to early Jurassic times. Among
these he mentioned the gigantic and
grotesque stegosaurus, seen once by Mr.
Malone at a drinking-place by the lake, and

drawn in the sketch-book of that
adventurous American who had first
penetrated this unknown world. He
described also the iguanodon and the
pterodactyl--two of the first of the wonders
which they had encountered. He then thrilled
the assembly by some account of the
terrible carnivorous dinosaurs, which had
on more than one occasion pursued
members of the party, and which were the
most formidable of all the creatures which
they had encountered. Thence he passed to
the huge and ferocious bird, the
phororachus, and to the great elk which still
roams upon this upland. It was not,
however, until he sketched the mysteries of
the central lake that the full interest and
enthusiasm of the audience were aroused.
One had to pinch oneself to be sure that one
was awake as one heard this sane and
practical Professor in cold measured tones
describing the monstrous three-eyed fish-
lizards and the huge water-snakes which
inhabit this enchanted sheet of water. Next
he touched upon the Indians, and upon the
extraordinary colony of anthropoid apes,
which might be looked upon as an advance
upon the pithecanthropus of Java, and as
coming therefore nearer than any known
form to that hypothetical creation, the
missing link. Finally he described, amongst
some merriment, the ingenious but highly
dangerous aeronautic invention of
Professor Challenger, and wound up a
most memorable address by an account of
the methods by which the committee did at
last find their way back to civilization.

"It had been hoped that the proceedings
would end there, and that a vote of thanks
and congratulation, moved by Professor
Sergius, of Upsala University, would be
duly seconded and carried; but it was soon
evident that the course of events was not
destined to flow so smoothly. Symptoms of
opposition had been evident from time to

-120-

time during the evening, and now Dr. James
Illingworth, of Edinburgh, rose in the center
of the hall. Dr. Illingworth asked whether an
amendment should not be taken before a
resolution.

"THE CHAIRMAN: `Yes, sir, if there must be
an amendment.'

"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `Your Grace, there
must be an amendment.'

"THE CHAIRMAN: `Then let us take it at
once.'

"PROFESSOR SUMMERLEE (springing to
his feet): `Might I explain, your Grace, that
this man is my personal enemy ever since
our controversy in the Quarterly Journal of
Science as to the true nature of Bathybius?'

"THE CHAIRMAN: `I fear I cannot go into
personal matters. Proceed.'

"Dr. Illingworth was imperfectly heard in part
of his remarks on account of the strenuous
opposition of the friends of the explorers.
Some attempts were also made to pull him
down. Being a man of enormous physique,
however, and possessed of a very powerful
voice, he dominated the tumult and
succeeded in finishing his speech. It was
clear, from the moment of his rising, that he
had a number of friends and sympathizers
in the hall, though they formed a minority in
the audience. The attitude of the greater
part of the public might be described as one
of attentive neutrality.

"Dr. Illingworth began his remarks by
expressing his high appreciation of the
scientific work both of Professor
Challenger and of Professor Summerlee.
He much regretted that any personal bias
should have been read into his remarks,
which were entirely dictated by his desire

for scientific truth. His position, in fact, was
substantially the same as that taken up by
Professor Summerlee at the last meeting.
At that last meeting Professor Challenger
had made certain assertions which had
been queried by his colleague. Now this
colleague came forward himself with the
same assertions and expected them to
remain unquestioned. Was this reasonable?
(`Yes,' `No,' and prolonged interruption,
during which Professor Challenger was
heard from the Press box to ask leave from
the chairman to put Dr. Illingworth into the
street.) A year ago one man said certain
things. Now four men said other and more
startling ones. Was this to constitute a final
proof where the matters in question were of
the most revolutionary and incredible
character? There had been recent
examples of travelers arriving from the
unknown with certain tales which had been
too readily accepted. Was the London
Zoological Institute to place itself in this
position? He admitted that the members of
the committee were men of character. But
human nature was very complex. Even
Professors might be misled by the desire
for notoriety. Like moths, we all love best to
flutter in the light. Heavy-game shots liked
to be in a position to cap the tales of their
rivals, and journalists were not averse from
sensational coups, even when imagination
had to aid fact in the process. Each
member of the committee had his own
motive for making the most of his results.
(`Shame! shame!') He had no desire to be
offensive. (`You are!' and interruption.) The
corroboration of these wondrous tales was
really of the most slender description. What
did it amount to? Some photographs. {Was
it possible that in this age of ingenious
manipulation photographs could be
accepted as evidence?} What more? We
have a story of a flight and a descent by
ropes which precluded the production of
larger specimens. It was ingenious, but not

-121-

convincing. It was understood that Lord
John Roxton claimed to have the skull of a
phororachus. He could only say that he
would like to see that skull.

"LORD JOHN ROXTON: `Is this fellow
calling me a liar?' (Uproar.)

"THE CHAIRMAN: `Order! order! Dr.
Illingworth, I must direct you to bring your
remarks to a conclusion and to move your
amendment.'

"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `Your Grace, I have
more to say, but I bow to your ruling. I move,
then, that, while Professor Summerlee be
thanked for his interesting address, the
whole matter shall be regarded as `non-
proven,' and shall be referred back to a
larger, and possibly more reliable
Committee of Investigation.'

"It is difficult to describe the confusion
caused by this amendment. A large section
of the audience expressed their indignation
at such a slur upon the travelers by noisy
shouts of dissent and cries of, `Don't put it!'
`Withdraw!' `Turn him out!' On the other
hand, the malcontents--and it cannot be
denied that they were fairly numerous--
cheered for the amendment, with cries of
`Order!' `Chair!' and `Fair play!' A scuffle
broke out in the back benches, and blows
were freely exchanged among the medical
students who crowded that part of the hall. It
was only the moderating influence of the
presence of large numbers of ladies which
prevented an absolute riot. Suddenly,
however, there was a pause, a hush, and
then complete silence. Professor
Challenger was on his feet. His appearance
and manner are peculiarly arresting, and as
he raised his hand for order the whole
audience settled down expectantly to give
him a hearing.

"`It will be within the recollection of many
present,' said Professor Challenger, `that
similar foolish and unmannerly scenes
marked the last meeting at which I have
been able to address them. On that
occasion Professor Summerlee was the
chief offender, and though he is now
chastened and contrite, the matter could not
be entirely forgotten. I have heard to-night
similar, but even more offensive,
sentiments from the person who has just
sat down, and though it is a conscious effort
of self-effacement to come down to that
person's mental level, I will endeavor to do
so, in order to allay any reasonable doubt
which could possibly exist in the minds of
anyone.' (Laughter and interruption.) `I need
not remind this audience that, though
Professor Summerlee, as the head of the
Committee of Investigation, has been put
up to speak to-night, still it is I who am the
real prime mover in this business, and that it
is mainly to me that any successful result
must be ascribed. I have safely conducted
these three gentlemen to the spot
mentioned, and I have, as you have heard,
convinced them of the accuracy of my
previous account. We had hoped that we
should find upon our return that no one was
so dense as to dispute our joint
conclusions. Warned, however, by my
previous experience, I have not come
without such proofs as may convince a
reasonable man. As explained by
Professor Summerlee, our cameras have
been tampered with by the ape men when
they ransacked our camp, and most of our
negatives ruined.' (Jeers, laughter, and
`Tell us another!' from the back.) `I have
mentioned the ape-men, and I cannot
forbear from saying that some of the
sounds which now meet my ears bring back
most vividly to my recollection my
experiences with those interesting
creatures.' (Laughter.) `In spite of the
destruction of so many invaluable

-122-

negatives, there still remains in our
collection a certain number of corroborative
photographs showing the conditions of life
upon the plateau. Did they accuse them of
having forged these photographs?' (A
voice, `Yes,' and considerable interruption
which ended in several men being put out of
the hall.) `The negatives were open to the
inspection of experts. But what other
evidence had they? Under the conditions of
their escape it was naturally impossible to
bring a large amount of baggage, but they
had rescued Professor Summerlee's
collections of butterflies and beetles,
containing many new species. Was this not
evidence?' (Several voices, `No.') `Who
said no?'

"DR. ILLINGWORTH (rising): `Our point is
that such a collection might have been
made in other places than a prehistoric
plateau.' (Applause.)

"PROFESSOR CHALLENGER: `No doubt,
sir, we have to bow to your scientific
authority, although I must admit that the
name is unfamiliar. Passing, then, both the
photographs and the entomological
collection, I come to the varied and accurate
information which we bring with us upon
points which have never before been
elucidated. For example, upon the
domestic habits of the pterodactyl--`(A
voice: `Bosh,' and uproar)--`I say, that
upon the domestic habits of the pterodactyl
we can throw a flood of light. I can exhibit to
you from my portfolio a picture of that
creature taken from life which would
convince you----'

"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `No picture could
convince us of anything.' "PROFESSOR
CHALLENGER: `You would require to see
the thing itself?'

"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `Undoubtedly.'

"PROFESSOR CHALLENGER: `And you
would accept that?'

"DR. ILLINGWORTH (laughing): `Beyond a
doubt.'

"It was at this point that the sensation of the
evening arose--a sensation so dramatic
that it can never have been paralleled in the
history of scientific gatherings. Professor
Challenger raised his hand in the air as a
signal, and at once our colleague, Mr. E. D.
Malone, was observed to rise and to make
his way to the back of the platform. An
instant later he re-appeared in company of
a gigantic negro, the two of them bearing
between them a large square packing-
case. It was evidently of great weight, and
was slowly carried forward and placed in
front of the Professor's chair. All sound had
hushed in the audience and everyone was
absorbed in the spectacle before them.
Professor Challenger drew off the top of the
case, which formed a sliding lid. Peering
down into the box he snapped his fingers
several times and was heard from the
Press seat to say, `Come, then, pretty,
pretty!' in a coaxing voice. An instant later,
with a scratching, rattling sound, a most
horrible and loathsome creature appeared
from below and perched itself upon the side
of the case. Even the unexpected fall of the
Duke of Durham into the orchestra, which
occurred at this moment, could not distract
the petrified attention of the vast audience.
The face of the creature was like the wildest
gargoyle that the imagination of a mad
medieval builder could have conceived. It
was malicious, horrible, with two small red
eyes as bright as points of burning coal. Its
long, savage mouth, which was held half-
open, was full of a double row of shark-like
teeth. Its shoulders were humped, and
round them were draped what appeared to
be a faded gray shawl. It was the devil of our
childhood in person. There was a turmoil in

-123-

the audience--someone screamed, two
ladies in the front row fell senseless from
their chairs, and there was a general
movement upon the platform to follow their
chairman into the orchestra. For a moment
there was danger of a general panic.
Professor Challenger threw up his hands to
still the commotion, but the movement
alarmed the creature beside him. Its strange
shawl suddenly unfurled, spread, and
fluttered as a pair of leathery wings. Its
owner grabbed at its legs, but too late to
hold it. It had sprung from the perch and was
circling slowly round the Queen's Hall with a
dry, leathery flapping of its ten-foot wings,
while a putrid and insidious odor pervaded
the room. The cries of the people in the
galleries, who were alarmed at the near
approach of those glowing eyes and that
murderous beak, excited the creature to a
frenzy. Faster and faster it flew, beating
against walls and chandeliers in a blind
frenzy of alarm. `The window! For heaven's
sake shut that window!' roared the
Professor from the platform, dancing and
wringing his hands in an agony of
apprehension. Alas, his warning was too
late! In a moment the creature, beating and
bumping along the wall like a huge moth
within a gas-shade, came upon the
opening, squeezed its hideous bulk through
it, and was gone. Professor Challenger fell
back into his chair with his face buried in his
hands, while the audience gave one long,
deep sigh of relief as they realized that the
incident was over.

"Then--oh! how shall one describe what
took place then--when the full exuberance
of the majority and the full reaction of the
minority united to make one great wave of
enthusiasm, which rolled from the back of
the hall, gathering volume as it came, swept
over the orchestra, submerged the
platform, and carried the four heroes away
upon its crest?" (Good for you, Mac!) "If the

audience had done less than justice, surely
it made ample amends. Every one was on
his feet. Every one was moving, shouting,
gesticulating. A dense crowd of cheering
men were round the four travelers. `Up with
them! up with them!' cried a hundred
voices. In a moment four figures shot up
above the crowd. In vain they strove to break
loose. They were held in their lofty places of
honor. It would have been hard to let them
down if it had been wished, so dense was
the crowd around them. `Regent Street!
Regent Street!' sounded the voices. There
was a swirl in the packed multitude, and a
slow current, bearing the four upon their
shoulders, made for the door. Out in the
street the scene was extraordinary. An
assemblage of not less than a hundred
thousand people was waiting. The close-
packed throng extended from the other side
of the Langham Hotel to Oxford Circus. A
roar of acclamation greeted the four
adventurers as they appeared, high above
the heads of the people, under the vivid
electric lamps outside the hall. `A
procession! A procession!' was the cry. In a
dense phalanx, blocking the streets from
side to side, the crowd set forth, taking the
route of Regent Street, Pall Mall, St.
James's Street, and Piccadilly. The whole
central traffic of London was held up, and
many collisions were reported between the
demonstrators upon the one side and the
police and taxi-cabmen upon the other.
Finally, it was not until after midnight that the
four travelers were released at the entrance
to Lord John Roxton's chambers in the
Albany, and that the exuberant crowd,
having sung `They are Jolly Good Fellows'
in chorus, concluded their program with
`God Save the King.' So ended one of the
most remarkable evenings that London has
seen for a considerable time."

So far my friend Macdona; and it may be
taken as a fairly accurate, if florid, account

-124-

of the proceedings. As to the main incident,
it was a bewildering surprise to the
audience, but not, I need hardly say, to us.
The reader will remember how I met Lord
John Roxton upon the very occasion when,
in his protective crinoline, he had gone to
bring the "Devil's chick" as he called it, for
Professor Challenger. I have hinted also at
the trouble which the Professor's baggage
gave us when we left the plateau, and had I
described our voyage I might have said a
good deal of the worry we had to coax with
putrid fish the appetite of our filthy
companion. If I have not said much about it
before, it was, of course, that the
Professor's earnest desire was that no
possible rumor of the unanswerable
argument which we carried should be
allowed to leak out until the moment came
when his enemies were to be confuted.

One word as to the fate of the London
pterodactyl. Nothing can be said to be
certain upon this point. There is the
evidence of two frightened women that it
perched upon the roof of the Queen's Hall
and remained there like a diabolical statue
for some hours. The next day it came out in
the evening papers that Private Miles, of the
Coldstream Guards, on duty outside
Marlborough House, had deserted his post
without leave, and was therefore
courtmartialed. Private Miles' account, that
he dropped his rifle and took to his heels
down the Mall because on looking up he
had suddenly seen the devil between him
and the moon, was not accepted by the
Court, and yet it may have a direct bearing
upon the point at issue. The only other
evidence which I can adduce is from the log
of the SS. Friesland, a Dutch-American
liner, which asserts that at nine next
morning, Start Point being at the time ten
miles upon their starboard quarter, they
were passed by something between a
flying goat and a monstrous bat, which was

heading at a prodigious pace south and
west. If its homing instinct led it upon the
right line, there can be no doubt that
somewhere out in the wastes of the Atlantic
the last European pterodactyl found its end.

And Gladys--oh, my Gladys!--Gladys of
the mystic lake, now to be re-named the
Central, for never shall she have immortality
through me. Did I not always see some hard
fiber in her nature? Did I not, even at the
time when I was proud to obey her behest,
feel that it was surely a poor love which
could drive a lover to his death or the danger
of it? Did I not, in my truest thoughts, always
recurring and always dismissed, see past
the beauty of the face, and, peering into the
soul, discern the twin shadows of
selfishness and of fickleness glooming at
the back of it? Did she love the heroic and
the spectacular for its own noble sake, or
was it for the glory which might, without
effort or sacrifice, be reflected upon
herself? Or are these thoughts the vain
wisdom which comes after the event? It
was the shock of my life. For a moment it
had turned me to a cynic. But already, as I
write, a week has passed, and we have
had our momentous interview with Lord
John Roxton and--well, perhaps things
might be worse.

Let me tell it in a few words. No letter or
telegram had come to me at Southampton,
and I reached the little villa at Streatham
about ten o'clock that night in a fever of
alarm. Was she dead or alive? Where were
all my nightly dreams of the open arms, the
smiling face, the words of praise for her
man who had risked his life to humor her
whim? Already I was down from the high
peaks and standing flat-footed upon earth.
Yet some good reasons given might still lift
me to the clouds once more. I rushed down
the garden path, hammered at the door,
heard the voice of Gladys within, pushed

-125-

past the staring maid, and strode into the
sitting-room. She was seated in a low
settee under the shaded standard lamp by
the piano. In three steps I was across the
room and had both her hands in mine.

"Gladys!" I cried, "Gladys!"

She looked up with amazement in her face.
She was altered in some subtle way. The
expression of her eyes, the hard upward
stare, the set of the lips, was new to me.
She drew back her hands.

"What do you mean?" she said.

"Gladys!" I cried. "What is the matter? You
are my Gladys, are you not--little Gladys
Hungerton?"

"No," said she, "I am Gladys Potts. Let me
introduce you to my husband."

How absurd life is! I found myself
mechanically bowing and shaking hands
with a little ginger-haired man who was
coiled up in the deep arm-chair which had
once been sacred to my own use. We
bobbed and grinned in front of each other.

"Father lets us stay here. We are getting our
house ready," said Gladys.

"Oh, yes," said I.

"You didn't get my letter at Para, then?"

"No, I got no letter."

"Oh, what a pity! It would have made all
clear."

"It is quite clear," said I.

"I've told William all about you," said she. "We
have no secrets. I am so sorry about it. But it

couldn't have been so very deep, could it, if
you could go off to the other end of the world
and leave me here alone. You're not crabby,
are you?"

"No, no, not at all. I think I'll go."

"Have some refreshment," said the little
man, and he added, in a confidential way,
"It's always like this, ain't it? And must be
unless you had polygamy, only the other way
round; you understand." He laughed like an
idiot, while I made for the door.

I was through it, when a sudden fantastic
impulse came upon me, and I went back to
my successful rival, who looked nervously at
the electric push.

"Will you answer a question?" I asked.

"Well, within reason," said he.

"How did you do it? Have you searched for
hidden treasure, or discovered a pole, or
done time on a pirate, or flown the Channel,
or what? Where is the glamour of romance?
How did you get it?"

He stared at me with a hopeless expression
upon his vacuous, good-natured, scrubby
little face.

"Don't you think all this is a little too
personal?" he said.

"Well, just one question," I cried. "What are
you? What is your profession?"

"I am a solicitor's clerk," said he. "Second
man at Johnson and Merivale's, 41
Chancery Lane."

"Good-night!" said I, and vanished, like all
disconsolate and broken-hearted heroes,
into the darkness, with grief and rage and

-126-

laughter all simmering within me like a
boiling pot.

One more little scene, and I have done. Last
night we all supped at Lord John Roxton's
rooms, and sitting together afterwards we
smoked in good comradeship and talked
our adventures over. It was strange under
these altered surroundings to see the old,
well-known faces and figures. There was
Challenger, with his smile of
condescension, his drooping eyelids, his
intolerant eyes, his aggressive beard, his
huge chest, swelling and puffing as he laid
down the law to Summerlee. And
Summerlee, too, there he was with his short
briar between his thin moustache and his
gray goat's beard, his worn face protruded
in eager debate as he queried all
Challenger's propositions. Finally, there
was our host, with his rugged, eagle face,
and his cold, blue, glacier eyes with always
a shimmer of devilment and of humor down
in the depths of them. Such is the last
picture of them that I have carried away.

It was after supper, in his own sanctum--
the room of the pink radiance and the
innumerable trophies--that Lord John
Roxton had something to say to us. From a
cupboard he had brought an old cigar-box,
and this he laid before him on the table.

"There's one thing," said he, "that maybe I
should have spoken about before this, but I
wanted to know a little more clearly where I
was. No use to raise hopes and let them
down again. But it's facts, not hopes, with
us now. You may remember that day we
found the pterodactyl rookery in the swamp-
-what? Well, somethin' in the lie of the land
took my notice. Perhaps it has escaped
you, so I will tell you. It was a volcanic vent
full of blue clay." The Professors nodded.

"Well, now, in the whole world I've only had

to do with one place that was a volcanic vent
of blue clay. That was the great De Beers
Diamond Mine of Kimberley--what? So
you see I got diamonds into my head. I
rigged up a contraption to hold off those
stinking beasts, and I spent a happy day
there with a spud. This is what I got."

He opened his cigar-box, and tilting it over
he poured about twenty or thirty rough
stones, varying from the size of beans to
that of chestnuts, on the table.

"Perhaps you think I should have told you
then. Well, so I should, only I know there are
a lot of traps for the unwary, and that stones
may be of any size and yet of little value
where color and consistency are clean off.
Therefore, I brought them back, and on the
first day at home I took one round to
Spink's, and asked him to have it roughly
cut and valued."

He took a pill-box from his pocket, and
spilled out of it a beautiful glittering
diamond, one of the finest stones that I have
ever seen.

"There's the result," said he. "He prices the
lot at a minimum of two hundred thousand
pounds. Of course it is fair shares between
us. I won't hear of anythin' else. Well,
Challenger, what will you do with your fifty
thousand?"

"If you really persist in your generous view,"
said the Professor, "I should found a private
museum, which has long been one of my
dreams."

"And you, Summerlee?"

"I would retire from teaching, and so find
time for my final classification of the chalk
fossils."

-127-

"I'll use my own," said Lord John Roxton, "in
fitting a well-formed expedition and having
another look at the dear old plateau. As to
you, young fellah, you, of course, will spend
yours in gettin' married."

"Not just yet," said I, with a rueful smile. "I
think, if you will have me, that I would rather
go with you."

Lord Roxton said nothing, but a brown hand
was stretched out to me across the table.

-128-